Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
2192 PALOMAR AIRPORT RD; CS; CB102169; Permit
f. .,City-of Carlsbad' 1635 Faraday Av Carlsbad, CA 92008 0-11-2011 ' CommerciaI/IndustriaI Permit Permit No: CB102169 Building Inspection Request Line (760) 602-2725 Job Address: 2192 PALOMAR AIRPORT RD CBAD Permit Type: Ti . Sub Type: INDUST Parcel No: 7602213500 Lot #: 0' Status: ISSUED Valuation: $100000.00 Construction Type: NEW Applied: 11/16/2010 Occupancy. Group: Réference#: Entered By: JMA Project Title: VERIZON: INSTALL 1ST FLR EQUIP Plan Approved: 01/11/2011 RACKS//ROOF MOUNTED ANTENNAS BEHIND NEW RF PARAPET Issued: 01/11/2011 - Inspect Area: Plan Check#: Applicant: ROBERT SUAREZ 325 CARLSBAD VILLAGE DR'' SUITE #D2 CARLSBAD 92008 760:434-8474 - / COUNTY OF SAN'DI EGO/PAL OMAR AIRPORT AA \ \PUBLIC AGENCY'0000 / Building Permit / ' - ,/ $645.93 Meter Size" Add'l Building Permit Fee / $0.00 ,. Add'l Reck,Water Con. Fee <"-' $0.00 Plan Check / $419.85' Meter Fee $0.00. Add'I Plan Check Feet .f $0.00 SDCWA Fee - $0.00 Plan Check Discount t / -<$0.00 '- CFD Payoff Fee \ V - $0.00 Strong Motion Fee / - / s21:oo.PFF(31o5s4o) . $0.00 Park Fee . - ' f $0.00'.m. PF, (4305540) I $0.00 LFM Fee f - ( $0.00 license Tax (3104193) I $0.00 Bridge Fee . $0.00 'License Tax4(4304193)A $0.00 BID #2 Fee ( $P.00-4Tffic Impact Fee (3! 05541) $0.00 BID #3 Fee $0.00 Traffic) mpact lee (4305541) $0.00 Renewal Fee $0.00 PLUMBINGOTAL' / $0.00 . Add'l Renewal Fee $0.00 % LE $0 / $60.00 Other Building Fee , S $0.00\R 66ev MECHANlCAjTOTAL S $33.00 Pot. Water Con. Fee '. $0.00 Master Drainage Fee ' $0.00 Meter Size " Sëver Fée)'? $0.00 Add'IPot. Water Con. Fee $0.00 Parking Fee - $0.00 Red. Water Con. Fee \ $0.00'0R1A8ditiô61 Fees .. $0.00 Green Bldg Stands (SB 1473) Fee $4.00 1:'H'M P Fee ?? Fire Expedited Plan Reviev. $272.50 V PERMITFEES $1456.28 N /7imfl\ . Total Fees: ' $1,456.28 Total PymentTo Dth: \$1,456.28 Balance Due: $0.00 -------------- .: 4 ... -'.5.. . . & FINALAPPROVAL' . Inspector: ., ' Date: CIéârance NOTICE: Please lake NOTICE that approval of your project includes the "Imposition" of fees, dedications,' reservations, 6r other exactions hereafter collectively referred to as "fees/exactions." You have 90 days from the date this permit wai issued to protest imposition of these fees/exactions. If you protest them, you must follow the protest procedures set forth in Government Code Section 66020(a), and file the protest and any other required information with the City Manager for processing in accordance with Carlsbad Municipal Code Section 3.32.030. Failure to timely follow that procedure will bar any subsequent legal action to attack, review, set aside, void, or annul thaii imposition. - • ..' .,. - You are hereby FURTHER NOTIFIED that your right to protest the speified fees/exactions DOES NOT APPLY to water and sewer connection fees and capaci, hanges, nor planning, zoning, grading or other similar application processing or service fees in connection with this prbject. NOR DOES IT APPLY to any fees/exactions of which you have-previously been cven a NOTICE similar to this, or as to which the statute of limitations has peviously otherwise expired. 1 CITY OF Building Permit Application 1635 Faraday Ave.,.Carlsbad, CA 92008 760-602-2717/ 2718/ 2719 Plan Check No.Ct ü 22 G el Est. Value CARLSBAD Fax: 760-602-8558 www.carIsbadca.ov sian CR. Deposit Date(( 1 (.p I to lswppp JOB ADDREssJq P4 k'n ar /Zoa SUITE#/SPACE#/UNIT# APJ3 - OYP - j • CT/PROJECT# LOT# HASE# #OFUNITS #BEDROOMS S BATHROOMS I TENNT BUSINESS NAME iri'n 1te55 I I CONSTR. TYPE I OC GROUP DESC PTION OF jDRK: Include Square Feet of Affected Area (a) rV?OP +oor- yne-,trzcA4 r5kk L1 J t2IdjJ aa-knnas /flnlce/ hhiqd flttv 12.F dotxe(ctr&pek W II nn EXISTING USE PROPOSED USE GARAGE (SF) PATIOS (SF) DECKS (SF) I FIREPLACE YES 0 #_ NO 0 I AIR CONDITIONING f YES 0 NO 0 IFIRESPRINKLERS YES 0 NO 0 COf lent 0 APff WtY? I ADDRESS, CeTki4 vrw v AD1E, 5wa &n(4oY) ave., CI(lD/ J S ZIP CllV ZIP ?26 FAy7,Q) q PHONE FAX EMAIL 6ua EMAIL PIR NJ* .TTYOW I ONTRACTOR BUS. NAME pp .r- ADD Ir ADDRESS ATE CI Ltin Of L, f9jo ___ CI TY STMè.....) A ZlP92c:;2 PHONE 'J FAX PHONç- \ ______________________ EMAIL EMAIL -i-oy. pov -rrci A2II0ESIGNEB NAME &.AODRESS ?74 [Ca (Sec. ,'Ji1.b business and Proressions Code: Any City or County which requires a permit to construct, alter, improve, demolish or repair any structure, prior to its isce, alsi rejiires the applicant for such permit to file a signed statement that he is licensed pursuant to the provisions of the Contractor's License Law (Chapter 9, commending with Sectifflh 7000 of Dhlsion 3 of the Business and Professions Code) or that he is exempt therefrom, and the basis for the alleged exemption. Any violation of Section 7031.5 by any applicant for a permit subjects ththrapplicant to a civil penalty of not more than five hundred dollars ($500)). Workers' Compensation Declaration: I hereby affirm under.penalty.of perjury oneof the following declarations: I1 I have and will maintain a certificate of consent to self-insure for workers' compensation as provided by Section 3700 of the Labor Code, for the performance of the work for which this permit is issued. ensation, as r ired by Se o 700 of the Labor Code, for the performance of the work for which this permit is issued. My workers' compensolign ins I have and will maintain less. Expiration Date,f carrier and policy numberare: Insurance Co.________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________ This section need not be completed if the permit is for one$P.ndred dollars ($100) or 0 Certificate of Exemption: I certify that in the performance of the work for which this permit is issued, I shall not employ any person in any manner so as to become subject to the Workers' Compensation Laws of California. WARNING: Failure to secure workers' compensation coverage is unlawful, and shall subject an employer to criminal penalties and civil fines up to one hundred thousand dollars (&100,000), In addition to the cost of compensation, damages as and attorney's fees. CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE provided for inS 06obe Lal Of d,lfil es DATE t I 20 I hereby affirm that lam exempt from Contractor's License Law for the following reason: Cl 1, as owner of the properly or my employees with wages as their sole compensation, will do the work and the structure is not intended or offered for sale (Sec. 7044, Business and Professions Code: The Contractor's License Law does not apply to an owner of property who builds or improves thereon, and who does such work himself or through his own employees, provided that such improvements are not intended or offered for sale. It, however, the building or improvement is sold within one year of completion, the owner-builder will have the burden of proving that he did not build or improve for the purpose of sate). Cl I, as owner of the property, am exclusively contracting with licensed contractors to construct the project (Sec. 7044, Business and Professions Code: The Contractor's License Law doss not apply loan owner of property who builds or improves thereon, and contracts for such projects with contractor(s) licensed pursuant to the Contractor's License Law). Cl I am exempt under Section ______________Business and Professions Code for this reason: I personally plan to provide the major labor and materials for construction of the proposed property improvement. Cl Yes Cl No I (have! have not) signed an application for a building permit for the proposed work. I have contracted with the following person (firm) to provide theproposed construction(include name address I phone! contractors' license number): I plan to provide portions of the work, but I have hired the following person to coordinate, supervise and provide the major work (include name! address! phone! contractors license number): I will provide some of the work, but I have contracted (hired) the following persons to provide the work indicated (include name! address! phone! type of work): ..PROPERTY OWNER SIGNATURL - DAGENT DATE ®LM? OO 09(~VNDM (®O 0091 012,1D0® 90000vo ®U[S Is the applicant or future building occupant required to submit a business plan, acutely hazardous materials registration form or risk management and prevention program under Sections 25505, 25533 or 25534 of the Presley-Tanner Hazardous Substance Account Act? 0 Yes 0 No Is the applicant or future building occupant required to obtain a permit from the air pollution control district or air quality management district? 0 Yes 0 No Is the facility to be constructed within 1,000 feet of the outer boundary of a school site? 1 0 Yes 0 No IF ANY OF THE ANSWERS ARE YES, A FINAL CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY MAY NOT BE ISSUED UNLESS THE APPLICANT HAS MET OR IS MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE OFFICE OF EMERGENCY SERVICES AND THE AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT. 09q1000 IOI@ 1JcS? I hereby affirm that there is a construction lending agency for the performance of the work this permit is issued (Sec. 3097 (i) Civil Code). Lender's Name Lender's Address O1? 00((iY0®I1J I certitythat I have mad the application and state that the above information is conect and thatthe information on the plans Is accurate. I agree to complywith all Cityordinances and State laws relating to bulldingconstructton. I hereby authorize representative of the City of Carlsbad to enter upon the above mentioned property for inspection purposes. I ALSO AGREE TO SAVE, INDEMNIFY AND KEEP HARMLESS THE CITY OF CARLSBAD AGAINST ALL LIABILITIES, JUDGMENTS, COSTS AND EXPENSES WHICH MAY IN ANY WAY ACCRUE AGAINST SAID CITY IN CONSEQUENCE OF THE GRANTING OF THIS PERMIT. OSHA: An OSHA permit is required for excavations over 50' deep and demolition or construction of structures over 3 stories in height EXPIRATION: Every permit issued by the Building Official under the provisions of this Code shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit is not commenced within 180 days from the date of such permit or lithe buld g or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any fine after the wads is commenced for a period of 180 days (Section 106.4.4 Uniform Building Code). APPLICANT'S SIGNATURE (//J (, A" DATE 1/ - 14"- /o Cliv of Carlsbad Final Building Inspection Dept: Building Engineering Planning CMWD St Lite çe Plan Check #: Date: 03/09/2011 Permit #: CB102169 Permit Type: TI Project Name: VERIZON: INSTALL 1ST FLR EQUIP Sub Type: INDUST RACKS//ROOF MOUNTED ANTENNAS BEHIND NEW RF Address: 2192 PALOMAR AIRPORT RD #100 Lot: 0 Contact Person: NA Phone: 9519707745 Sewer 01st: CA Water Dist: CA Inspected Date V Inspected: Approved: Disapproved: Inspected Date By: - Inspected: Approved:. Disapproved: Inspected Date By: Inspected: -Approved: ______ Disapproved: Comments: City of Carlsbad Bldg Inspection Request For: 03/11/2011 Permit# C13102169 - Inspector Assignment: TP Title: VERIZON: INSTALL 1ST FLR EQUIP Description: RACKS//ROOF MOUNTED ANTENNAS BEHIND NEW RF PARAPET Type: TI Sub Type: 1INDUST Phone: 95155 14 Job Address: 2192 PALOMAR AIRPORT.RD Suite: 100 Lot: 0 Location: Inspector: / OWNER COUNTY OF SAN DIEGO/PALOMAR AIRPORT Owner: HERTZ CORPORATION Remarks: Requested By: GEORGE Entered By: CHRISTINE Total Time: CD 'Description Act Comments 19 Final Structural 4P 29 Final Plumbing 39 Final Electrical 49 Final Mechanical Comments/Notices/Holds Associated PCRs/CVs/SWPPP5 Original PC# Inspection History Date Description Act Insp comments 03/09/2011 89 Final combo co TP NEED FIRE APPROVAL 02/23/2011 34 Rough Electric AP TP METER & SUB PNLS, TRANS SWITCH & DISD 02/23/2011 39 Final Electrical wc TP 02/18/2011 14 Frame/Steel/Bolting/Welding AP PY DOUBLE JOIST @ OPENING 02/14/2011 14 Frame/Steel/Bolting/Welding AP TP ROOF REINF WEST END OF EAST HALF OF BLDG 02/08/2011 14 Frame/Steel/Bolting/Welding AP TP ROOF REINF. EAST END OF BLDG FOR ANT./SCREENING 02/08/2011 14 Frame/Steel/Bolting/Welding AP TP EQUPT CHASE & INGILL WALLS 02/08/2011 31 Underground/Conduit-Wiring AP TP U/G CONDUIT 02/08/2011 34 Rough Electric AP TP XIT GROUNDING EsGil Corporation In (Partners/lip wit/i government for (Building Safety DATE: 12/17/2010 JURISDICTION: City of Carlsbad PLAN CHECK NO.: 102169 O APP CANT JURIS. 0 EVIEWER 0 FILE SET: II PROJECT ADDRESS: 2192 Palomar Airport Road PROJECT NAME: Verizon Wireless Yarrow The plans transmitted herewith have been corrected where necessary and substantially comply with the jurisdiction's building codes. LI The plans transmitted herewith will substantially comply with the jurisdiction's codes when minor deficiencies identified below are resolved and checked by building department staff. The plans transmitted herewith have significant deficiencies identified on the enclosed check list and should be corrected and resubmitted for a complete recheck. The check list transmitted herewith is for your information. The plans are being held at Esgil Corporation until corrected plans are submitted for recheck. - The applicant's copy of the check list is enclosed for the jurisdiction to forward to the applicant contact person. LII The applicant's copy of the check list has been sent to: Esgil Corporation staff did not advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. LII Esgil Corporation staff did advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. Person contacted: Telephone #: Date contacted: . (by: ) Fax #: Mail Telephone Fax In Person LII REMARKS: By: David Yao 0 Enclosures: EsGil Corporation EGA EEJ LIPC 12/14 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208 • San Diego, California 92123 • (858) 560-1468 •.Fax (858) 560-1576 EsGiI Corporation In Partnersliip with Government for(Building Safety DATE: 11/24/2010 LJ APPLICANT JURISDICTION: City of Carlsbad D PLAN REVIEWER El FILE PLAN CHECK NO.: 102169 SET: I PROJECT ADDRESS: 2192 Palomar Airport Road PROJECT NAME: Verizon Wireless Tãrrow The plans transmitted herewith have been corrected where necessary and substantially comply with the jurisdiction's codes. The plans transmitted herewith will substantially comply with the jurisdiction's codes when minor deficiencies identified below-are resolved and checked by building department staff. The plans transmitted herewith have significant deficiencies identified on the enclosed check list and should be corrected and resubmitted for a complete recheck. The check list transmitted herewith is for your information. The plans are being held at Esgil Corporation until corrected plans are submitted for recheck. The applicant's copy of the check list is enclosed for the jurisdiction to forward to the applicant contact person. VN The applicant's copy of the check list has been sent to: Robert Suarez 325 Carlsbad Village Dr. #D2 Carlsbad, CA 92008 Esgil Corporation staff did not advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. Esgil Corporation staff did advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. Person contacted: Robert Suarez Telephone #: 760-434-8474 (iv r Date contacted: ii lic(by: p.. ) Fax #: 760-434-8596 Mail-," Telephone Fax .- In Person LI REMARKS: By: David Yao Enclosures: EsGil Corporation LIGA Z EJ L]PC 11/17 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208 • San Diego, California 92123 • (858) 560-1468 • Fax (858) 560-1576 t 1 City of Carlsbad 102169 11/24/2010 PLAN REVIEW CORRECTION LIST COMMERCIAL PLAN CHECK NO.: 102169 JURISDICTION: City of Carlsbad OCCUPANCY B USE: cell site TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: VB ACTUAL AREA: IALLOWABLE FLOOR AREA: STORIES: HEIGHT: SPRINKLERS?: N REMARKS: DATE PLANS RECEIVED BY JURISDICTION: DATE INITIAL PLAN REVIEW COMPLETED: 11/24/2010 OCCUPANT LOAD: DATE PLANS RECEIVED BY ESGIL CORPORATION: 11/17 PLAN REVIEWER: David Yao FOREWORD (PLEASE READ): This plan review is limited to the technical requirements contained in the International Building Code, Uniform Plumbing Code, Uniform Mebhanical Code, National Electrical Code and state laws regulating energy conservation, noise attenuation and access for the disabled. This plan review is based on regulations enforced by the Building Department. You may have other corrections. based on laws and ordinances enforced by the Planning Department, Engineering Department, Fire Department or other departments. Clearance from those departments may be required prior to the issuance of a building permit. Code sections cited are based on the 2007 CBC, which adopts the 2006 IBC. The following items listed need clarification, modification or change. All items must be satisfied before the plans will be in conformance with the cited codes and regulations. Per Sec. 105.4 of the 2006 International Building Code, the approval of the plans does not permit the violation of any state, county or city law. To speed up the recheck process, please note on this list (or a copy) where each correction item has been addressed, i.e., plan sheet number, specification section, etc. Be sure to enclose the marked up list when you submit the revised plans. City of Carlsbad 102169 11/24/2010 Please make all corrections, as requested in the correction list. Submit FOUR new complete sets of plans for commercial/industrial projects (THREE sets of plans for residential projects). For expeditious processing, corrected sets can be submitted in one of two ways: Deliver all corrected sets of plans and calculations/reports directly to the City of Carlsbad Building Department, 1635 Faraday Ave., Carlsbad, CA 92008, (760) 602-2700. The City will route the plans to EsGil Corporation and the Carlsbad Planning, Engineering and Fire Departments. Bring one corrected set of plans and calculations/reports to EsGil Corporation, 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208, San Diego, CA 92123, (858) 560-1468. Deliver all remaining sets of plans and calculations/reports directly to the City of Carlsbad Building Department for routing to their Planning, Engineering and Fire Departments. NOTE: Plans that are submitted directly to EsGil Corporation only will not be reviewed by the City Planning, Engineering and Fire Departments until review by EsGil Corporation is complete. Provide a statement on the Title Sheet of the plans, stating that this project shall comply with the 2007 California Building Code, which adopts the 2006 IBC, 2006 UMC, 2006 UPC and the 2005 NEC. 2. Please provide total construction cost for this project Sheet 10-13 of the calculation shows the BM1 sister ML beam with existing 4x14. Detail 73/D-4 shows steel plate. Provide calculation to show 73/D-4 is adequate. Does the location of BM3-BM7 suppose match the location of the bracing? Please check. Please refer to.the electrical and energy items. To speed up the review process, note on this list (or a copy) where each correction item has been addressed, i.e., plan sheet, note or detail number, calculation page, etc. Please indicate here if any changes have been made to the plans that are not a result of corrections from this list. If there are other changes, please briefly describe them and where they are located in the plans. Have changes been made to the plans not resulting from this correction list? Please indicate: LJ Yes LI No The jurisdiction has contracted with Esgil Corporation located at 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208, San Diego, California 92123; telephone number of 858/560-1468, to perform the plan review for your project. If you have any questions regarding these plan review items, please contact David Yao at Esgil Corporation. Thank you. City of Carlsbad 102169 11 /24/2010 ELECTRICAL and ENERGY COMMENTS PLAN REVIEWER: Eric Jensen ELECTRICAL (2005 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE) Describe the electrical service(s) at this project: Does the hanger have its own service or is power for the hanger coming from the same service as the office building? Include the rated assembly to maintain the occupancy separation between the office building and the hanger where the hole is cored through the existing concrete wall. Provide a service signage description for both the new and existing services: "Building Service Disconnecting Means 1 of 2" & "Building Service Disconnecting Means 2 of 2". •• Additional electrical comments may be necessary if additional services exist at this property. ENERGY CONSERVATION On the plans clearly show the wall and roof insulation locations, thickness, and R-values, as per the energy design. Where is the ceiling insulation shown on either the building floorplans or energy run packets? Note: If you have any questions regarding this Electrical and Energy plan review list please contact Eric Jensen at (858) 560-1468. To speed the review process, note on this list (or a copy) where the corrected items have been addressed on the plans. City of Carlsbad 102169 11/24/2010 (DO NOT PAY— THIS IS NOTAN INVOICE] VALUATION AND PLAN CHECK FEE JURISDICTION: City of Carlsbad PLAN' CHECK NO.: 102169 PREPARED BY: David Yao DATE: 11/24/2010 BUILDING ADDRESS: 2192 Palomar Airport Road BUILDING OCCUPANCY: TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: BUILDING PORTION AREA ( Sq. Ft.) Valuation Multiplier Reg. Mod. VALUE ($) cell site ' . estimate 100,000 Air Conditioning Fire Sprinklers TOTAL VALUE . 100,000 Jurisdiction Code cb IBY Ordinance I Bldg. Permit Fee by Ordinance I $645.931 Plan Check Fee by Ordinance $419.851 Type of Review:' E Complete Review fl Structural Only Repetitive Fee Repeats E Other Hourly Hr. @ * EsGil Fee I $361.721 Comments: Sheet 1 of 1 macvaluedoc + PLANNING/ENGINEERING APPROVALS PERMIT NUMBER CB DATE ADDRESS 2-( PALOM/\K Ari0r2 RESIDENTIAL TENANT IMPROVEMENT RESIDENTIAL ADDITION MINOR PLAZA CAMINO REAL (<$17,000.00) CARLSBAD COMPANY STORES VILLAGE FAIRE r COMPLETE OFFICE BUILDING OTHER PLANNER DATE________________________ ENGINEER/ 7AAAJ2 DATE H:\Deveopment Services%CAxTespandence%Onova=Vor pantheddng\SUILDING PLANCHECK CKLIST FORM - PLANNING ENGINERING APPROVALS.docx tT PLANNING DEPARTMENT BUILDING PLAN CHECK REVIEW CHECKLIST Plan Check No.: C13102169. Address: 2192 Palomar Airport Road Planner: Dan Halverson Phone: (760) 602- 4631 APN: 213-020-18-00 Type of Project & Use: WCF Net Project Density: N/A DU/AC Zoning: M - Industrial Zone General Plan: C- Governmental Facilities - Facilities Management Zone: 5 CFD (in/out) #_Date of participation: Remaining net dev acres:_____ (For non-residential development: Type of land used created by this permit: CUP for a WCF) Legend: Z Item Complete LI Item Incomplete - Needs your action Environmental Review Required: YES Z NO LI TYPE: Exemption DATE OF COMPLETION: 6/24/09 Compliance with conditions of approval? If not, state conditions which require action. Conditions of Approval: Discretionary Action Required: YES 0 NO LI TYPE MCUP APPROVAL/RESO. NO. DATE 6/22/09 PROJECT NO. MCUP 08-18 OTHER RELATED CASES: Compliance with conditions or approval? If not, state conditions which require action. Conditions of Approval: NO - # 9, 10, 13 (see comments listed below) Coastal Zone Assessment/Compliance Project site located in Coastal Zone? YES 0 NO CA Coastal Commission Authority? YES D NO If California Coastal Commission Authority: Contact them at - 7575 Metropolitan Drive, Suite 103, San Diego, CA 92108-4402; (619) 767-2370 Determine status (Coastal Permit Required or Exempt): Habitat Management Plan Data Entry Completed? YES Z NO LI If property has Habitat Type identified in Table 11 of HMP, complete HMP Permit application and assess fees in Permits Plus (AJP/Ds, Activity Maintenance, enter CB#, toolbar, Screens, HMP Fees, Enter Acres of Habitat Type impacted/taken, UPDATE!) Inclusionary Housing Fee required: YES LI NO (Effective date of Inclusionary Housing Ordinance - May 21, 1993.) Data Entry Completed? YES Z NO LI (A/P/Ds, Activity Maintenance, enter CB#, toolbar, Screens, Housing Fees, Construct Housing Y/N, Enter Fee, UPDATE!) H:\ADMIN\Template\Building Plancheck Review Checklist.doc Rev 4/08 Site Plan: KP~E] Provide a fully dimensional site plan drawn to scale. Show: North arrow, property lines, easements, existing and proposed structures, streets, existing street improvements, right-of-way width, dimensional setbacks and existing topographical lines (including all side and rear yard slopes). Provide legal description of property and assessor's parcel number. Policy 44— Neighborhood Architectural Design Guidelines Applicability: YES LI NO Project complies: YES LI NOD Zoning: N/A - Site is located on top of and inside of an existing. building Setbacks: Front: Required Shown Interior Side: Required Shown Street Side: Required Shown Rear: Required Shown Top of slope: Required Shown Accessory structure setbacks N/A Front: Required Shown Interior Side: Required Shown Street Side: Required Shown Rear: Required Shown Structure separation: Required Shown Lot Coverage: N/A Required Shown Height: N/A * Required Shown Parking: N/A Spaces Required Shown Additional Comments YES - Building permits cannot be issued until all conditions of approval - Please orovide a Z6ndition No. 10 - A Notice of Restriction needs to be filed stating a MCUP has been approved for the site; 1 Gi5iiition No. 13 - Prior to issuance of building permits, the project applicant shall submit an FAA Determination that the additional height of the RF screening parapets is of No Hazard to Air Navigation (FAA Part 77 Form) subject to the satisfaction of the Planning Director. . OOK TO ISSUE AND ENTERED APPROVAL INTO COMPUTE DATE t c-~- /11 H:\ADMN\TempIate\BuiIding Plancheck Review Checklist.doc Rev 4/08 ,.-. - - - -.-.- -.. -'a----- .-.---- )'--•-- -RECOMMENDATION FOR APPROVA -L W/OVER THE COUNTER REVISION lRise Defail 79/bias per MSDS Section XII NFPA Hazard Rating / BLDG DEPT COPY' Daryl K. James & Associates, Inc. . Re-Checked by: Darvl K. James 205 Colina Terrace Date November 21, 2010 Vista, CA 92084 T. (760)724-7001 Email: kitfiresbcgIobaI.net APPLICANT: Robert Suarez JURISDICTION: Carlsbad Fire Department PROJECT NAME Verizon Wireless PROJECT ADDRESS 2192 P.A.R. PROJECT DESCRIPTION CB102169 1s' Floor equipment rack in existing building antennas roof mounted behind new RF transparent parapet wall extension I - INSTRUCTIONS - • . '- - This plan review has been conducted in order to verify conformance to minimum requirements of codes adopted by the Carlsbad Fire Department. - -. The items below require correction,, clarification or additional information before this plan check can be approved for permit issuance. -. to eped herechecic cyjf6ll6in each äntThWWd each corrction item s beaddrdssd, i sheenumbernote'number detailniimber leend number etc bat es, DARYLKJAMES j205 COLINA TERRACE - ISTA,A 92O8 r - * - 1 CORRECTIONS Applicable Codes Add 2007 California Fire Code (CFC) to applicable codes: . Project Summary. Justify Group B occupancy classification in accordance with 2007 CBC Chapter 3. Address CBC Chapter 5 requirements for revised occupancy classification. Provide a category of Required Permits . A fire code permit is required for the storage of 10 gallons or more of toxic liquid. Permit tobe issued by the Carlsbad Fire Department IA-01 General Notes- ... - . . 1 Revise Occupancy Classification AHJ as the City of Carlsbad Building Official 4 30. Provide manufacturer's specifications as per note. 'I - Denote hazard free conditions for fire emergency response. Denote walkway paths on plan. Print Carlsbad Roof Policy No.80-6 on plan; Page 2 of 2 '1 QUANTITY OF ELECTROLYTES TOXICS Please list the aggregate total gallons of electrolyte solution that are stored in cabinets. Stationary battery systems having an electrolyte capacity of more than 50 gallons shall comply with California Fire Code Section 608.1 and Table 608.1. NFPA 704 hazard marking sign is required in accordance with CFC 2703.5. Hazard marking sign categories must be as follows: Health = 3, Flammability = 0, Reactivity = 1, Special = W Show the hazard ranking sign with appropriate identifiers in a detail. Revise Detail 79/D4 as per MSDS Section Xli NFPA Hazard Rating. - 'fE-I Materials Note 2. E. Revise reference to NEC with 2007 CEC Edition I Power Single Line Diagram Denote automatic shut down of A/C unit by smoke detector. (See Detail 2/M-2) BLDG. DEPT COPY Brenda Wardwell From: Daryl [kitfire©sbcglobal.net] 77'7 522 hLI/ Sent: Tuesday, December 14, 2010 2:19 PM €i€ é6.4.c-P To: Brenda Wardwell Cc: Janet Altar; Raenette Abbey Subject: CB102169 Recommended for Approval w/Note Attachments: CBI 02169 Recommended for Approval.doc Initial Review $135 Inv. 2735 Approval $112.50 Total $247.50 Note: To revise placard detail 79/D4 to Northstar Battery MSDS Section XII NFPA Hazard Rating over the counter Trhanks, VarCX. James DarytJC. James & Assoc. Inc. 205 Coimna 'Ferrace 'Vista, C5%. 92084 760-724-7001 1 908 S. CLEVELAND ST. DUNN SAVDIE INC. OCEANSIDE, CA 92054 rn ni '• - I P1 1111 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 760 966 6355 PH 760 966 6360 FX OSI@SURFDSI.COM EMAIL Plan Check Correction Resubmittal STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS FOR VERIZON YARROW 2192 Palomar Airport Road, Carlsbad, CA 92008 (DSIPROJECTNO 1010044) December 2, 2010 ' - TABLE OF CONTENTS ITEM PAGE - 4 RESPONSE TO PLAN CHECK COMMENTS • COVER SUPPORTING CALCULATIONS PCR1-25 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 3 Please find the revised structural caics PCR1-6 to match the Det 73/D-4 4 On siteobservation reveals double joists at each site of skylight The caics for BM3 to BM7 updated and Details 72, 73, 76, 77 &781D-4 revised to match each other. See PCR 1, 7-25 and Sheets A-2 and D-4 PROPOSED 1.75 x - PICAL 5.5 ML SISTER JOIST EXISTING 2 x 6 ROOF JOIST EXISTING PLYWOOD ROOF SHEATHING EXISTING 4x °°• PER PLAN EXISTING 2x SUB-PURLIN PER PLAN EXISTING PLYWOOD ROOF SHEATHING EXISTING 2x SUB-PURLIN PER PLAN PROPOSED (2) ROWS "SIMPSON" SDS 1/4- x 3-1/2" @ 4" O.C. STAGGERED YSTAGGERED PROPOSED (2) ROWS GALVANIZED 3/4 0 A307 THRU STEEL TUBE ." BOLTS @ 12" O.C. FRAME S PROPOSED 1/4" x 9--- STEEL PLATE EACH SIDE OF PURLIN AS CA it SISTER JOIST - STEEL FRAME I 71 ROOF FRAMING 72 ROOF FRAMING _0.1 73 - - EXISTING SKYLIGHT AND ROOF CURB .5- - -. EXISTING SKYLIGHT AND ROOF CURB ,- EXISTING PLYWOOD EXISTING / ROOF SHEATHING SKYLIGHT \..._ EXISTING PLYWOOD EXISTING / ROOF SHEATHING ,- EXITING PLYWOOD / ROOF SHEATHING. / OPENING - SKYLIGHT N / OPENING PROPOSED 2BOLTS 3/4*0 A307 r a M, STAGGERED PROPOSED (2) ROWS PROPOSED (2) ROWS >STAGGERED C Stf ;TED@V XISTING(2)2x OOF JOISTS - ~.5 TL SISTER JOIST .PROPOSED 35x - S EXISTING (2) 2 x _-/' \__ PROPOSED 3e, ROOF JOISTS CAW, 6.5 fb SISTER JOIST EXISTING 2 x PROPOSED &- ROOF JOIST SISTER JOIST - ROOFFRAMING _3" SCALE 176 ROOFFRAMING __-ro-177 SCALE R OOF 'FRAMING _SCALE 178 S M7 N4- ,qL26K BM7 °"'- 1OCATtO$ EXISTI NG 1 ROOF LN Dunn Savoie Inc. DS1 Structural Engineers 908 S. Cleveland St. Oceanside, CA 92054 Tel: (760) 966-6355 Fax: (760) 966-6360 IN BM1 Jog Verizon Yarrow 10100.44 SHEET NO. 10 OF CALCULATED BY Y. S. DATE 11/10 CHECKED BY DATE SCALE P1 P2 I 12.0' 1 1 8.0' I 25'' 3041 # (TL) 3093 # (TL) 1161 #(DL) 1213 #(DL) 1880 #(LL) 1880 #(LL) 7 .w 11 x1 672 = 88 PLF (DL) W= 20x16'/2= 160 PLF(LL) 153 •# (DL) P1= 0 -# (LL) 153 #(DL) P2= 0 #(LL) USE E) 4x14.. wf DIC= TL = LI ko-L-- 0-1; Tell 61 kz.c- cTA2 From BM 0) From BM 0) ~1.0 U 000 OK! I: Sister Beam Analysis Span 23.5 ft Left spt. 0 Right spt. 0 No. segs. 30 Eq. El 2.1E+06 k-in2 UDL I 2481p1f Conc. Loads: No. Load Position # ft 1 153 12 2 153 16 3, 0 0 4 0 0 51 0 0 0=pinned lfixed 0=pinned 1=fixed -ve=down -ve=down 4000 2000 1000 0 ILL 1000 il Cn -4000 0.0 2.4 4.7 7.1 9.4 11.8 14.1 16.5 18.8 21.2 23.5 20000 16000 14000 12000 - IM 0.0 2.4 4.7 7.1 9.4 11.8 14.1 16.5 18.8 21.2 23.5 1.000 0.700 0.0 2.4 4.7 71 9.4 11.8 14.1 16.5 18.8 21.2 23.5 Length (ft) Max. SF 3096.3 # Location 23.5 ft Max. BM 18573.3 #-ft Location 11.8 ft Max. Defin 0.871 in Location 11.8 ft Sister BM or Joist Max Moment = 8042 #-ft Bending Stress = 14298 psi Fb = 36000 psi Total Factors = 1.25 Allowable F'b = 45000 psi DIC= 0.32 OK! I Dunn Savoie Inc. Emm Structural Engineers 908 S. Cleveland St. Oceanside, CA 92054 Tel: (760) 966-6355 Fax: (760) 966-6360 FY JOB JOB# SHEET NO. / n-" OF CALCULATED BY Y.S. DATE 11/10 I CHECKED BY DATE SCALE 'COMPOSITE BEAM ANALYSIS I Load Distribution According to Relative Rigidities Beam Location = Roof Original BM or Joist Screw or Nail Sister BM or Joist Screw or Nail H (For Fasteners) Composite Beam Span = 23.5 ft Individual Beam Properties: Original BM or Joist DF-L #1 b= 3.500 in (. d= 13.250 in E= 1700 ksi HofNA= 6.625 in Area1 = 46.38 Ifl 1x1 = 678.48 in4 E111 = 1.2E+09 #-in Please refer to the sister beam analysis Sister BM or Joist STEEL Y4 xi" () E = 29000 ksi H of NA = 4.5 in ' from btm Area2 =. 4.50 . 1x2 = 30.38 in E212 = 8.8E+08 #-in Neutral Axis y = 6.44 in lcomp = 1327 111" Ecom 1700 ksi Total Width= 12.03 in Eq. d = 10.98 in Comoosite Beam Analysis: Original BM or Joist Max Moment = 10531 #-ft Bending Stress = 1234 psi Fb= 1000 psi Total Factors = 1.25 Allowable Fb = 1250 psi DIC= 0.99 OK! JOB JOB# R. SHEET NO. OF CALCULATED BY Y. S. DATE 11/10 CHECKED BY DATE SCALE Dunn Savoie Inc. Structural Engineers 908 S. Cleveland St. Oceanside, CA 92054 Tel: (760) 966-6355 Fax: (760) 966-6360 Composite Beam Max. Deflection: 0.63 in TL = 0.81 in :5 L/180 1.57 in OK! Connection Design: Vert. Nail Dist, H = 6.0 in Average Factor = 0.7 Lateral Nailing Shear= 11259 lbs Case 1 Using Simpson' SIDS 1/4 x 3-1/2 Wood Screws: Z = 340 lbs/screw Total screws needed = 50 Screw row length= 11.0 ft S = 2.64 in o.c. Use 2 rows Simpson SDS 1/4 x 3-1/2 Wood Screws @ 2.5 in o.c. Staggered Case 2 Using 16d Face Nails: Z = 141 lbs/nail Total screws needed = 120 Screw row length = 11.00 ft S = 1.10 in o.c. Use 2 rows 16d Common Nails 1.0 in o.c. Staggered Case 3 Using #12 x 3-1/2" Wood Screws: Z= 147 lbs/nail Total screws needed = 115 Screw row length = 11.00 ft 5 = 1.15 in o.c. Use 2 rows #12 x 3-1/2" Wood Screws @ 1.0 in o.c. Staggered Case .4 Using 3/4 Diameter Bolts: Z = 1670 lbs/nail (Per NDS 2005 Table 11B for DFL Parallel to Grain) Total screws needed 11 Screw row length = 11.00 ft S = 12.00 in o.c. Use 2 rows 0.75 in Diameter Bolts @ 12.0 in o.c. Staggered WV £t'0t'6 OTOd6/ I 6pIv-Io9LILo\Ma\MoJJeA uoz!A\ogqs UJLL\:D Screen Wall Solution Given Hi = 2.50 ft H2= 5.00 ft H3= 6.50 ft L1= 3.75 ft Space = 10.0 ft Self WT= 16.0 psf W= 11.06 psf W2= 0.0 lbs e= 0.0 in ASD Load Combinations 1.0D + 1.0 W 0.6D + 1.0W Solution L2= 7.50 ft. a= 60.0 degree TIC = 692 lbs .N1= 599 lbs V1= 346 lbs N2 = 800 lbs V2= 207 lbs Screen Wall Solution Given HI= 2.50 ft H2= 5.00 ft H3= 6.50 ft Li = 3.75 ft Space= 8.0 ft Self WT= 16.0 psf W= 11.06 psf W2= 0.0 lbs e= 0.0 in ASD Load Combinations 1.0 D + 1.0 W 0.6D + 1.0 W Solution L2= 7.50 ft a= 60.0 degree TIC = 553 lbs N1= 479 lbs Vi = 277 lbs N2= 640 lbs V2= 166 lbs '. 6 4i9 /Z. i4OI Structural Engineers Dunn Savoie Inc. 908 S. Cleveland St. Oceanside, CA 92054 Tel: (760) 966-6355 Fax: (760) 966-6360 1 1D S1 BM3 JOB Verizon Yarrow 10100.44 SHEET NO. (7 OF rcgfo CALCULATED BY Y. S. DATE 11/10 CHECKED BY DATE SCALE P 5.0' ¶ . 510 #(TL) 510 #(TL) 310 #(DL) . 310 #(DL) 200 # (LL) 200 # (LL) 16x4'/2 = 32 PLF (DL) 20x4'I2 = 40 PLF (LL) 300 #(DL) 0 #(LL) USE ) 6 Vd/(N). I , D/C = o9 ML 5 cc[ T ATL — LI -ç77 vi @ * 51.0 :5 LI V. OK! JOB JOB# I SHEET NO. - OF CALCULATED BY Y. S. DATE 11/10 CHECKED BY DATE SCALE. -- Dunn Savoie Inc. Structural Engineers 908 S. Cleveland St. Oceanside, CA 92054 Tel: (760) 966-6355 Fax: (760) 966-6360 COMPOSITE BEAM ANALYSIS . I Load Distribution According to Relative Rigidities Beam Location = Roof 2 Screw or Nail Original BM or Joist 4 Sister BM or Joist H (For Fasteners) Screw or Nail Composite Beam Span = 9.75 ft Please refer to the sister.beam analysis Individual Beam Properties: Original BM or Joist DF-L #2 Sister BM or Joist ML b = 1.500 in b = 1.750 in d = 5.500 in d = 5.500 in E= 1600 ksi E= 1900 ksi H of NA= 2.75 in H of NA = 2.75 in from btm Area1 = 8.25 in' Area2 = 9.63 in' -1x1 = 20.80 in 1x2 = 24.26 in4 - Ell, = 3.3E+07 #-in E212= 4.6E+07 #-in Neutral Axis y = 2.75 in Icomo = 50 Ecomp = 1600 ksi Total Width = 3.58 in Eq. d= .5.50 in Composite Beam Analysis: Original BM or Joist Sister BM or Joist Max Moment = 657 #-ft Max Moment = 911 *-ft Bending Stress = 1043 psi Bending Stress = 1239 psi Fb = 875 psi Fb = 2600 psi Total Factors = 1.25 Total Factors 1.25 Allowable Fb = 1094 psi Allowable Fb = 3250 psi DiC= 0.95 DIC= 0.38 OK! OK! Dunn Savoie Inc. JOB JOB# Structural Engineers SHEET NO. OF 908 S. Cleveland St. Oceanside, CA 92054 CALCULATED BY Y.S. DATE 11/10 Tel: (760) 966-6355 CHECKED BY DATE Fax: (760) 966-6360 SCALE Composite Beam Max. Deflection: DL = 2.42 in TL = 0.31 in :5 L/180 = 0.65 in OK! Connection Design: Vert. Nail Dist, H = 2.5 in Average Factor = 0.7 Lateral Nailing Shear = 3060 lbs Case 1 Using Simpson' SDS 1/4 x 3-1/2 Wood Screws: Z = 340 lbs/screw Total screws needed = 14 Screw row length = 5.0 ft S = 4.29 in o.c. Use 2 rows Simpson SOS 1/4 x 1/2 Wood Screws @ 4.0 in o.c. Staggered Case 2 Using 16d Face Nails: Z = 141 lbs/nail Total screws needed = 33 Screw row length = 5.00 ft S= 1.82 in o.c. Use 2 rows 16d Common Nails @ 1.5 in o.c. Staggered Case 3 Using #12 x 3-1/2' Wood Screws: Z = 147 lbs/nail Total screws needed = 32 Screw row length = 5.00 ft S = 1.88 in o.c. Use 2 rows #12 x 3-1/2" Wood Screws @ 1.5 in o.c. Staggered Case 4 Using 3/4 Diameter Bolts: Z = 1670 lbs/nail (Per NDS 2005 Table 11 B for DFL Parallel to Grain) Total screws needed = 3 Screw row length = 5.00 ft Use 2 rows 0.75 in Diameter Bolts @ 20.0 in o.c. Staggered. / Sister Beam Analysis Span 9.75 ft Left spt. 0 0p1nned 1=fixed Right spt. 0 opinned lfixed No. segs. 30 Eq. El 7.9E+04 k-in2 UDL 721p1f -vedown Conc. Loads: No. Load Position 1 300 5 -ve=down 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 51 0 0 LL 0 4) 200 -400 -600 0.0 1.0 2.0 2.9 3.9 4.9 5.9 6.8 7.8 8.8 9.8 1800 1600 ---------------------..--.---.--.- ........___.L.............. 1400 - 1000 800 200 0 _ 0.300 ... .-.-.- O250 Z zrTh i_ 0.100 0.050 0.000 Length (ft) Max. SF 504.8 # Location 9.8 ft Max. BM 1568.1 #-ft Location 4.9 ft Max. Defin 0.310 in Location . 4.9 ft Dunn Savoie Inc. I Structural Engineers I 908 S. Cleveland St. Oceanside, CA 92054 I Tel: (760) 966-6355 Fax: (760) 966-6360 ID~Slil BM4 JOB . Verizon Yarrow 10100.44 SHEET NO. OF CALCULATED BY Y. S. DATE 11/10 CHECKED BY DATE SCALE P 6.5' 10.0' ¶ 465 # (TL) . 555 # (TL) 265 #(DL) 355#(DL). 200 # (LL) 200 # (LL) 16x4'/2 = 32 PLF (DL) W = 20x4'/2= 40 PLF(LL) 300 #(DL) 0 #(LL) . USE D/C= . ~1.0 AlL-U L/ OK! 1 Dunn Savoie Inc. JOB Verizon Yarrow Structural Engineers 1908 S. Cleveland St. SHEET NO. I Oceanside, CA 92054 CALCULATED BY Y. S. Tel: (760) 966-6355 Fax: (760) 966-6360 CHECKED BY SCALE BM5 PCR 15 10100.44 OF DATE 11/10 DATE 4.0' 144 # (IL) 144 # (TL) 64 # (DL) 64 # (DL) 80 # (LL) 80 # (LL) 16x4'I2 = 32 PLF (DL) W= 20x4'/2 = 40 PLF (LL) USE , D/C Od :51.0 'TL = L/ :5 L/ (6.o OK! Pc-1', Printed: Ii NOV 2010. 2:38PM dVôód' Beam" Design .. File: c:\Oocu nent Description : BM5 Material Properties Calculations per IBC 2006, CBC 2007, 2005 NDS Analysis Method: Allowable Stress Design Fb - Tension 900.0 psi E: Modulus of Elasticity Load Combination 2006 IBC & ASCE 7-05 Fb - Compr 900.0 psi Ebend- xx 1 ,600.0ksi Fc - Prll 1,350.0 psi Eminbend - xx 580.0ks1 Wood Species : Douglas Fir - Larch Fc - Perp 625.0 psi Wood Grade : No.2 Fv 180.0 psi Ft 575.0 psi Density 32.210pcf Beam Bracing : Beam is Fully Braced against lateral-torsion buckling Applied Loads Service loads entered Load Factors will be applied for calculations Load for Span Number 1 Uniform Load: D = 0.0320, Lr = 0.040 k/ft, Tributary Width = 1.0 ft ximum Bending Stress Ratio = 0.1951 Maximum Shear Stress Ratio = 0.113:1 Section used for this span 2x6 Section used for this span 2x6 fb : Actual = 228.50 psi fv : Actual = 20.42 psi FB : Allowable' = 1170.00 psi Fv : Allowable = fl 180.00 psi Load Combination +D+Lr+H Load Combination +D+Lr+H Location of maximum on span = 2.000ft Location of maximum on span = 3.560 ft Span # where maximum occurs = Span # 1 Span # where maximum occurs = Span # 1 Maximum Deflection Max Downward L+Lr+S Deflection 0.007 in Ratio = 6877 Max Upward L+Lr+S Deflection 0.000 in Ratio = 0 <360 Max Downward Total Deflection 0.013 in Ratio = 3820 Max Upward Total Deflection 0.000 in Ratio = 0 <180 Load Combination . Max Stress Ratios Summary of Moment Values Summary of Shear Values Segment Length Span # . M V C d C f/v C r Cm C t C fu Mactual fb-design Fb-allow Vactual fv.design Fv-allow +0 Length = 4.0 ft 1 0.087 0.050 - 1.000 1.300 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 0.06 101.55 1,170.00 , 0.05 9.08 180.00 1.300 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 Length =4.0 ft 1 0.195 0.113 , 1.000 1.300 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 0.14 228.50 1,170.00 0.11 20.42 180.00 +040.750Lr+0.750L#1 1.300 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 Length =4.Out 1 0.168 0.098 1.000 1.300 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 0.12 196.76 1,170.00 0.10 17.59 180.00 +0+0.750Lr40.750L+0.750W*l 1.300 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 Length =4.0ft 1 0.168 0.098 1.000 1.300 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 0.12 196.76 1,170.00 0.10 17.59 180.00 +040.750Lr+0.750L+0.5250E41 1.300 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 Length 4.oft , 1 0.168 0.098 1.000 1.300 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 0.12 196.76 1,170.00 0.10 17.59 180.00 Overall Maximum Deflections.- Unfactored Loads Load Combination Span Max. Dell Location in Span Load Combination Max. '+ Defi Location in Span D-*Lr 1 0.0126 2.020 , 0.0000 0.000 Printed: 11 NOV 2010, 2:38PM dVood Bea iii Design File c \Documents and Settings\yshao\My. Documenls\ENERCALC Data Fites\verizon yarrow ec6 ENERCALC INC 1983 2010 Ver 61 51 N:60607 Description BM5 Vertical Reactions Unfactored Support notation Far left is #1 Values in KIPS Load Combination Support 1 Support 2 Overall MAXimum 0.144 0.144 D Only 0.064 0.064 Lr Only 0.080 0.080 Dtr 0.144 0.144 Structural Engineers Dunn Savoie Inc. JOB Verizon Yarrow 10100.44 I 908 S. Cleveland St. SHEET NO. OF I Oceanside, CA 92054 CALCULATED BY Y. S. DATE 11/10 Tel: (760)966-6355 Fax: (760) 966-6360 CHECKED BY DATE DSII -.1 SCALE BM6 3.0' P1 1 P2 4.0' 4.0' W24 W3 10.0' 636 # (TL) 540 # (TL) 376 # (DL) 280 # (DL) 260 # (LL) 260 # (LL) 16x4'I2 32 PLF (DL) W1= 20x4'/2 = 40 PLF (LL) 16x2'/2 16 _PLF (DL) W2= 20x2'/2 20 PLF (LL) 16x4'/2 32 PLF (DL) W3 = 20x4'/2 = 40 PLF (LL) 64 #(DL) P1 = 80 #(LL) (From BM5) . 64 #(DL) P2 = 80 # (LL) (From BM 5) 240 #(DL) P3= - 0 #(LL) USEç)((, '-frJ/(N.) , DIC 3• g TL ATL = LI 1M c..v/ ik :5 1.0 :5 LI 1W OK! JOB JOB# SHEET NO. OF CALCULATED BY Y. S. DATE 12/10 CHECKED BY DATE SCALE Dunn Savoie Inc. Structural Engineers 908 S. Cleveland St. Oceanside, CA 92054 Tel: (760) 966-6355 Fax: (760) 966-6360 I COMPOSITE BEAM ANALYSIS I Load Distribution According to Relative Rigidities Beam Location = Roof 2 Screw or Nail Original BM or Joist Sister BM or Joist H (For Fasteners) Screw or Nail Composite Beam Span = 10 ft Please refer to the sister beam analysis Individual Beam Properties: Original BM or Joist DF-L #2 Sister BM or Joist TL b = 3.000 in b = 3.500 in d = 5.500 in d = 5.500 in E= 1600 ksi E= 1550 ksi H of NA= 2.75 in H of NA = 2.75 in from btm Area1 = 16.50 in' Area2 = 19.25 n2 1x1 = 41.59 in4 1x2 = 48.53 in', E111 = 6.7E+07 #-in E212 = 7.5E+07 #-in Neutral Axis y = 2.75 in 'comp = 89 in Ecomp = 1600 ksi Total Width= 6.39 in Eq.d= 5.50 in ite Beam Analysis: Original BM or Joist Sister BM 'or Joist Max Moment = 879 #-ft Max Moment= 993 #-ft Bending Stress = 697 psi Bending Stress = 675 psi Fb = 875 psi Fb = 2325 psi Total Factors = 1.25 Total Factors = 1.25 Allowable Fb = 1094 psi Allowable Fb = 2906 psi DIC = 0.64 DIC = 0.23 OK! OK! Dunn Savoie Inc. JOB JOB# Cz Structural Engineers 908 S. Cleveland St. SHEET NO. OF Oceanside, CA 92054 CALCULATED BY Y. S. DATE 12/10 Tel: (760) 966-6355 CHECKED BY DATE Fax: (760) 966-6360 SCALE Composite Beam Max. Deflection: DL = 1.38 in TL = 0.23 in :5 L1180 = 0.67 in OK! Connection Design: Vert. Nail Dist, H = 2.5 in . Average Factor = 0.7 Lateral Nailing Shear = 3337 lbs Case 1 Using Simpson SDS 1/4 x 3-1/2 Wood Screws: Z = 340 lbs/screw Total screws needed = 15 Screw row length = 4.0 ft S = 3.20 in o.c. Use 2 rows Simpson SDS 1/4 x 3-1/2 Wood Screws @ 3.0 in o.c. Staggered Case 2 Using 16d Face Nails: = 141 lbs/nail Total screws needed = 36 Screw row length = 4.00 ft S= 1.33 in o.c. Use 2 rows 16d Common Nails @ 1.0 in o.c. Staggered Case 3 Using #12 x 3-1/2' Wood Screws: Z= 147 lbs/nail Total screws needed = 35 Screw row length = 4.00 ft S= 1.37 in o.c. Use 2 rows #12 x 3-1/2" Wood Screws @ 1.0 in o.c. Staggered Case 4 Using 3/4 Diameter Bolts: Z = 1670 lbs/nail (Per NDS 2005 Table 11 B for DFL Parallel to Grain) Total screws needed = 3 Screw row length = 4.00 ft S = 16.00 in o.c. Use 0.75 in Diameter Bolts 2 rows @ 16.0 in o.c. Staggered Sister Beam Analysis Span 10 ft Left spt. 0 0=pinnedl=fixed Right spt. 0 O=pinned 1=fixed No. segs. 30 Eq. El 1.4E+05 k-in2 UDL I 721p1f -ve=down Conc. Loads: No. Load Position ft 1 144 4 -ve=down 2 144 6 3 240 3 4 0 0 5 0 0 800 .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 400 .. 200 .. ......... ..... ....... .... ........ .... ... ... ...... ..... .... ................ .... .......... 0 LL CO -600 -800 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 2000 . . E 1600 600 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 0.250 0.150 0.100 0.050 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 . 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 Length (ft) Max. SF 672.0 # Location 0.0 ft Max. BM 1872.0 #-ft Location 4.0 ft Max. Defin 0.231 in Location 5.0 ft Structural Engineers Dunn Savoie Inc. I 908 S. Cleveland St. Oceanside, CA 92054 I Tel: (760) 966-6355 Fax: (760) 966-6360 IDS111 BM7 JOB Verizon Yarrow 10100.44 SHEET NO. OF CALCULATED BY Y. S. DATE 11/10 CHECKED BY DATE SCALE P 10.0' 14.0' . T ¶ 573 # (TL) 675 # (TL) 293 # (DL) 395 # (DL) 280 # (LL) 280 # (LL) 16x4'I2 = . 32 PLF (DL) W = 20x4'I2 = . 40 PLF (LL) 240 #(DL) - #(LL) USE , D/C 1.0 ATL = L/' 1 ~ Li' OK! 5&C -Two reOLO C E Aq 11S -T -rk) aP?S 7/5p( PC?-3 Savoie Inc. JOB JOB# tural Engineers SHEET NO. OF . Cleveland St. inside, CA 92054 CALCULATED BY Y. S. DATE 11/10 I 760) 966-6355 CHECKED BY DATE (760) 966-6360 SCALE N1) COMPOSITE BEAM ANALYSIS I Load Distribution According to Relative Rigidities Beam Location = Roof Screw or Nail Original BM or Joist . _________ Sister BM or Joist H (For Fasteners) — ------ Screw or Nail Composite Beam Span = 14.5 ft Please refer to the sister beam analysis Individual Beam Properties: . Original BM or Joist DF-L #2 Sister BM or Joist ML b= 1.500 in b= 1.750 in d = 9.250 in d = 9.500 in E= 1600 ksi E= 1900 ksi Hof NA = 4.625 in H of NA= 4.75 in from btm Area, = 13.88 in2 Area2 = 16.63 in2 1x1 = 98.93 in4 Ix2 = 125.03 in" Ell, ,= 1.6E+08 #-in E212 = 2.4E+08 #-in Neutral Axis y = 4.69 in 1comp = 248 in' Ecomp = 1600 ksi Total Width= 3.58 in Eq. d= 9.40 in Composite Beam Analysis: . Original BM or Joist Sister BM or Joist . Max Moment = 988 #-ft Max Moment = 1483 #-ft Bending Stress= 554 psi Bending Stress = 676 psi Fb = 875 psi Fb = 2600 psi Total Factors = 1.25 Total Factors = 1.25 Allowable Fb = 1094 psi Allowable Fb = 3250 psi DIC= 0.51 DIC= 0.21 OK! OK! Dunn Savoie Inc. JOB JOB# Structural Engineers SHEET NO. OF 908 S. Cleveland St. Oceanside, CA 92054 CALCULATED BY Y. S. DATE 11/10 Tel: (760) 966-6355 CHECKED BY DATE Fax: (760) 966-6360 SCALE 47 Composite Beam Max. Deflection: DL 0.35 in TL = 0.23 in :5 L/180 = 0.97 in OK Connection Design: Vert. Nail Dist, H = 6.5 in Average Factor= 0.7 Lateral Nailing Sheàr= 1916 lbs Case 1 Using 'Simpson SOS 1/4 x 3-1/2 Wood Screws: Z= 340 lbs/screw -total screws needed = 9 Screw row length = 6.0 ft S = 8.00 in o.c. Use 2 rows Simpson SDS 1/4 x 3-1/2 Wood Screws @ 8.0 in o.c. Staggered Case 2 Using 16d Face Nails: Z= 141 lbs/nail Total screws needed = 21 Screw row length = 6.00 ft S = 3.43 in o.c. Use 2 rows 16d Common Nails @ 30 in o.c. Staggered. Case 3 Usina #12 x 3-1/2' Wood Screws: Z= 147 lbs/nail Total screws needed = 20 Screw row length = 6.00 ft S = 3.60 in o.c. Use 2 rows #12 x 3-1/2" Wood Screws @ 3.5 in o.c. Staggered Case 4 Using 3/4 Diameter Bolts: . Z = 1670 lbs/nail (Per NDS 2005 Table 11B for DFL Parallel to Grain) Total screws needed = 2 . Screw row length = 6.00 ft . . S = 36.00 in o.c. . Use 2 rows 0.75 in Diameter Bolts @ .36.0 in o.c. Staggered Sister Beam Analysis Span 14.5 ft Left spt. 0 Right spt. 0 No. segs. 30 Eq. El 2.8E+05 k-in2 0pinned lfixed 0pinned lfixed UDL I 72Iplf Uonc. Loads: No. Load Position # ft 1 240 10 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 -vedown -vedown. 800 0 O F ,1", 1 i U_ i i i i M -200 0.0 1.5 2.9 4.4 5.8 7.3 8.7 10.2 11.6 13.1 14.5 3000 2500 .. ... 2000 ..-.,...-..-- -- ww~ :::: ;/ZV a 500 in 0.0 1.5 2.9 4.4 5.8 7.3 8.7 10.2 11.6 13.1 14.5 0.350 ii _ 0.000 0.0 1.5 2.9 4.4 5.8 7.3 8.7 10.2 11.6 13.1 14.5 Length (ft) Max. SF 687.5 # Location 14.5 ft Max. BM 2470.6 #-ft Location 8.2 ft Max. Defln 0.327 in Location 7.3 ft It __DUNN SAVDIE INC. I STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 908 S. CLEVELAND ST. OCEANSIDE, CA 92054 760.966,355 PH. 760.966.6360 FX. OSI@SURFDSI.COM EMAIL :STRUCTURAL. ALULATIONS FOR VERJZON YARROW .192 P1omarAirport Road. Cai1badCA 92008 (DSiPROJECT,NQ.1O1OO.44) November ii, 20,10i TABLE OF CONTENTS ITEM DEsI5:cRITERIA XITJjN ROOF CAPACI:rY cHECK Ai\ENNS SCREEN WMJLDESIGN c1NE1r ANUOAOE DESIGN' PA-i4 1-7' 13539 4Q-43 coos 1021 6, . ( Conterminous 48 States 2006 International Building Code Latitude = 33.1251 Longitude = -117.2762 Spectral Response Accelerations Ss and Si Ss and Si Mapped Spectral Acceleration Values SiteClassB - Fa=i.0,Fv=1.0 Data are based on a 0.01 deg grid spacing Period Sa (sec) (g) 0.2 1.158 (Ss, Site Class B) 1.0 0.438 (51, Site ClassB) S Conterminous 48 States 2006 International Building Code Latitude = 33.1251 Longitude = -117.2762 Spectral Response Accelerations SMs and SM1 SMs = Fa x Ss and SM1 = Fv x Si Site Class D - Fa = 1.037 ,Fv = 1.562 Period . Sa SM (sec) (g) 0.2 1.201 (SMs, Site Class D) 1.0 0.684 (SM1, Site Class D) Conterminous 48 States 2006 International Building Code Latitude = 33.1251 Longitude = -117.2762. Design Spectral Response Accelerations SDs and SD1 SDs =2/3 xSMs and SD1 =2/3xSM1 Site Class D - Fa = 1.037 ,Fv = 1.562 SD Period Sa (sec) (g) 0.2 0.8 (SDs, Site Class D) 1.0 0.456 (SD1, Site Class D) Fa 1.037 Fv= 1.562 5MS 1.158 5M1 = 0.438 Ss 1.201 Si 0.684 5DS = 0.8 5D1 = 0.456 (max) (design) ç.7 Dunn Savoie Inc. . JOB Verizon Yarrow 10100.44 Structural Engineers SHEET NO. CALCULATED Y. S. OF 908 S. Cleveland St. DATE 11/10 Oceanside, CA 92054 Tel: (760) 966-6355 CHECKED BY DATE Fax: (760) 966-6360 SCALE sli, This building consists mainly of wood shear walls for shear resistence, Therefore, per 2007 CBC, for the entire structure, R= 6.5 )o= 3.0 Cd = 4.0 Per CBC2007 (1613), ASCE 7-05 Chapter 11, 12,13 Seismic Design Criteria Soil Site Class D . Table 20-3-1, Default = D Method 1 Input Project Zip Code 92008 Response Spectral Acc. (0.2 sec) S5 = 125%g = 1.251 g Figure 22-1 through 22-14 Response Spectral Acc.( 1.0 sec) S = 47%g = 0.472 g Figure 22-1 through 22-14 Site Coefficient Fa = 1.000 Table 11.4-1 Site Coefficient F5 = 1.528 Table 11.4-2 Max Considered Earthquake Acc. SMS = Fa.S. = 1.251 g (11.4-1) Max Considered Earthquake Acc. SM1 = F.S1 = 0.721 g (11.4-2) © 5% Damped Design Ss = 213(SMs) = 0.834 g (11.4-3) S01 = 213(SM1) = 0.481 g (11.4-4) Method 2 Input the coordinate of project (latitude 33°07'30.24'N (24° to 50°) Longitude 117°16'34.25"W (-125° to -65°) From the Ground Motion Parameter Calculator by USGS SMS 1.201 g The seismic design parameters are Ss =' 1.158 g Fa = 1.037 SM1= 0.684 g -SDS= 0.8 g 51 = 0.438 g Fv= 1.562 SD1= 0.456 g Use the seismic parameters from Method 2 to supercede those from Method 1. Seiernic Design Category (SDC) Determination Building Occupancy Categories II Table 1-1 Seismic Design Category for 0.lsec D Table 11.6-1 Seismic Design Category for 1.0sec D Table 11.6-2 Si = 0.438 <0.75g Section 11.6 NOT Apply! Therefore, SDC = D Equivalent lateral force procedure . Section 12.8 To Determine Period C= 0.02 x = 0.75 Table12.8-2 Building ht. H= 23.75 ft C= 1.4 for Sol of 0.456g Table12.8-1 Approx Fundamental period, T. = C1(h)X = 0.215 TL = 8 Sec Figure 22-15 Calculated T shall not exceed :5 Cu.Ta = 0.301 Use T = 0.215 sec. Per Section 11.6 T 15 0.8Ts = 08 50115D5 = 0.456 sec. OK! Is Structure Regular & 5 5 stories? Yes Section 12.8.1.3 Response Spectral Acc.( 0.2 sec) S = 1.50g -* F = 1.00 @5% Damped Design Sos = Y3(Fa Ss) = 0.010g (11.4-3) Response Modification Coef. R = 6.5 . Table-12.2-1 Over Strength Factor fl,, = 3 Importance factor I = 1.00 Table 11.5-1 Seismic Base Shear V = C W C = 5DS =0 123 (12.8-2) Rh or need not to exceed, C. = ___So 1 = 0.326 For 15 TL (12.8-3) (R/1).T orC5= SD1TL N/A For T>TL (12.8-4) r2(R/I) C. shall not be less than = 0.01 (12.8-5) Min C. = 0.5S1l/R = 0.034 For S ~! 0.6g (12.8-6) Use C5 = 0.123 Design Base Shear V= 0.123W 4) 6.5 METHOD 2-ANALYTICAL PROCEDURE 6.5.12. Design Wind Loads on Enclosed and Partially Enclosed Buildings. (all Heights) MWFRS Velocity pressure q,= .00256 K,, K,, K,, V2 I,,, (6-15) Exposure B Roof Height h = 24 feet Exposure coefficient K,= Section 6.5.6.6, is obtained from Table 6-3. Case 2 for MWFRS Topography factor K,,= 1.00 6.5.7.2, Figure 6-2 Directionality factor K,, = 0.85 Table 6-4 Wind Speed V= 85 , mph Importance factor 1 = 1.00 Table 6-1 q,= 15.72 K,, psf _____ Internal Pressure Coefficient (GC,,) = ± 0.55 Figure 6-5 for Partially Or/closed ±0.55 Gust effect factor G = 0.85 6.5.8.1 Pressures for MWFRS p = qGC,, - q, (GC,) (6-17) Wall and Roof External pressure Coefficients C. from Fig. 6-6 or 6-8 Wind Normal to Ridge (-L to 67) LIB = 0.51 h/L = 24/34 = 0.71 0= 0.0 Windward wall C,, = 0.8 Windward roof C,, = Leeward wall C,, = -0.500 for UB = 0.51 Leeward roof C. = Side wall C,, = -0.7 . or Roof C,, = -1.06 -0.98 Wind Parallel to Ridge (-1-to 34) UB = 1.97 . Windward wall C,, = 0.8 h/L = 24/67 = 0.36 Leeward wall C,, = -0.306 for UB = 1.97 Roof C,, = -0.9 -0.9 -0.56 -0.30 Side wall C,, = -0.7 for dist 12.0 24.0 48.00 .93 -8.6 L 0 7 10.5301oi5 11m .0 IsII in psf 88 @0/0 All forces shown in psf 34 67 p = qGC,, - q (GC) Eq. 6-15 For Exp B where q = q for windward z,, = 1200 = 7.0 q = qh for leeward wall, side wall and roof @24 ft K, = 2.01(zIz0)" qj = qh for enclosed building @24 It K. (mm) = 2.01(15/;) Roof HI, h = 24 It - Normal to Ridge 1o67 Parallel to ridge /034 Height K, q, C qhGC,, C,, q6GC,, Leeward wall all 0.657 10.33 -0.5 -4.39 -0.31 -2.69 Side wall all 0.657 10.33 -0.7 -6.15 -0.70 -6.15 Roof WW Lw Or . -1.06 -0.98 -9.3 (rO - 12.0 -8.6 1r s12.0 -0.90 -0.90 -0.50 -0.30 -7.90 frO - 12.0 .790 fr'12.0 -4.39 fr 24.0-48 -2.63 1r48 Wind Normal to Ridge - Wind Parallel to Ridge z Ht. (fl) K, q,, • p =q,,GC,, I W/6h WW-LW Windward wall 01015 20.0 0.575 0.624 9.04 9.81 0.8 0.8 6.14 6.67 / 10.53 0.80 / 0.80 6.14 6.67 8.83 9.36 Dunn Savoie Inc. JOB Structural Engineers 908 S. Cleveland St. SHEET NO. Oceanside, CA 92054 CALCULATED BY Tel: (760) 966-6355 Fax: (760) 966-6360 CHECKED BY SCALE I Verizon Yarrow 10100.44 OF Y. S. DATE 11/10 DATE DEAD LOADS (psf) 5/8" APA C-C Plugged 3.0 24" TJM @ 24" o.c. 4.0 5/8" Plywood 2.0 5/8 gypboard 2.8 Insulation 1.0 ME&P 1.0 Miscellaneous 1.2 EDead Load 15.0 Live Load 40.0 reducible DESIGN LOADS Office ROOF Flat ROOF Hanoar FLOOR DEAD LOADS (psf) Built-up Roof 5.0 5.0 5/8 inch plywood 2.0 2.0 20" TJL @ 24" o.c. 3.0 GLB Girder @ 24 o.c. 2.8 4x14 @ 8 o.c. 1.4 2x4 @ 24" o.c. 0.6 ME&P 1.0 1.0 Insulation 0.8 5/8" gypboard 2.8 Misc 1.4 1.2 Dead Load 16.0 14.0 Live Loadl 20.0 20.0 reducible reducible WALLS Office FRP P2nel DEAD LOADS Interior (psf) Interior (psf) Wood Siding 3.0 FRP Panel 5.0 FRP Frame & Brace 2.0 3/8'Plywd 1.1 1/2 Gyp 4.4 DBL 2x4 @ 16" o.c. 2x6 @ 16'o.c. 1.7 2x4 @ 16o.c. Batt Insulation (0.2xThickness) 1.0 Miscellaneous 0.8 Dead Loads 1 12.0 - - '/9'T FA C-C EXT - 7çJ F(o-sbi f.tt. c,Y çpi-f 411 ;.p BOO 4" Ar4 C £)(r. ,/ô Noi1/C. /Fle R-11 fIc.dl. cjk Tikc& t/O r" CeJo ec ej#€f r c/'A c-C-Wos)itM3 "ø.c. ej3,e 'c.ç2 )(J(}4 /8 "Q,, P.7 L.F7 5If W't tf'o"c.0 4 4r Is IV (O/tNlec( / .- 2 gC e o.C. vk- N :t1e. 1ft If f( '1T. bf/ •tQ. 4.& '! 10 tf._T: (+ fir pt op— Co tic A- 4 I t_t' •1. co-t 3/ e) Two Story Rectangular Building Quick Seismic Calculation Given Conclusion Base Shear = 0.123 W (ASD) Period, T = 0.02*(h)A0.75 = 0.22 sec < 0.5 sec --> K = 1.0 Seismic SDS = 0.8 g DL = 16 PSF Redundancy p = 1.3 ROOF . . Area 2278 sq. ft. LL = 20 PSF . W TOTAL 68.4 kips Horizontal Dimension = 34 ft 2nd FLOOR Area 2278 sq. ft. Wall DL = 12 PSF L = 67 ft W TOTAL 86.0 kips 7 TOTAL W= 154.5 kips Vertical Dimension UNFACTORED DL= 15 PSF Hi = 12.0 ft BASE SHEAR, W 0.123 W = 19.0 kips LL = 40 PSF H2 = 12.0 ft Hp= 2.5 ft Loading Wall DL = 12 PSF Roof DL = 16 psf Roof LL = 20 psf Floor DL = 15 psf Floor LL = 40 psf B x L Ext Wall DL = 12 psf Adjust Factor= 1.0 Wq/ND EA x ('+Ob RIT P& (Io.s? /o)c ) . ' "Ir 4c M - C-NT L—'TRkL Ezti T c/cTN 0 Hp H2 I. 1>6 Fl - L L I I )ONCRETET-UPWALL I ol H I .L._.L_.L._L_.L - L I I I• 78 \ \ , 4 - - L - I I I S I I I I i H I I I I. I• I• i 1 LbGER 71LT-UP WALL • I _____ 0 24 - EXISTING ROOF JN)~AN SCALE: 1/4 - 1-0 0 '1 Dunn Savoie Inc. JOB Verizon Yarrow 10100.44 51 Structural Engineers 908 S. Cleveland St. SHEET NO. 0 OF Oceanside, CA 92054 Tel:(760)966-6355 CALCULATED BY Y. S. DATE 11/10 Fax: (760) 966-6360 CHECKED BY DATE SCALE BM1 P1 P2 . I 12.0' 1 1 8.0' I 25' 3041 # (TL) 3093 # (TL) 1161 #(DL) 1213 #(DL) 1880#(LL) 1880#(LL) N191 U'CU..CP 7 CiW— WI 11x16'/2= . 88 PLF(DL) W= 20x16'/2 = 160 PLF (LL) 153 #(DL) P1= • (From BM0) 0 #(LL) 153 #(DL) P2= - . -(From BM0) 0 #(LL) USE ( 4i4 wf , D/C 1.0 • ML ATL LI 01 ~ L/ f OK! FfAM 4 ç( -. Sister Beam Analysis Span 23.5 ft Left spt. 0 0=pinned 1=fixed Right spt. 0 0pinned 1=fixed No. segs. 30 Eq. El 2.1E+06 k-in2 UDL I 2481p1f -ve=down Conc. Loads: No. Load Position 1 153 12 -ve=down 2 153 16 3 0 0 4 0 0 51 0 0 4000 - 3000 ........................................................................ 1000 0 LL -1000 -2000 -4000 0.0 2.4 4.7 7.1 9.4 11.8 14.1 16.5 18.8 21.2 23.5 20000 - I 16000 Oi0000 /.... iii....i:.:............ . ...........1........................................................ .................. ........ J,/... ::: ........................ 0.0 2.4 4.7 7.1 9.4 11.8 14.1 16.5 18.8 21.2 23.5 1.000 . . . . 0.900 0.700 0.600 .2 0.500 .- 0.0 2.4 4.7 7.1 9.4 11.8 14.1 16.5 18.8 21.2 23.5 Length (ft) Max. SF 3096.3 # Location 23.5 ft Max. BM 18573.3 #-ft Location 11.8 ft Max. Defln 0.871 in Location 11.8 ft Dunn Savoie Inc. Structural Engineers 908 S. Cleveland St. Oceanside, CA 92054 Tel: (760) 966-6355 Fax: (760) 966-6360 JOB JOB# SHEET NO. OF CALCULATED BY Y. S. DATE 11/10 CHECKED BY DATE SCALE COMPOSITE BEAM ANALYSIS I Load Distribution According to Relative Rigidities Beam Location = Roof 2 Screw or Nail Original BM or Joist Sister BM or Joist H (For Fasteners) Screw or Nail composite Beam Span = 23.5 ft Please refer to the sister beam analysis Individual Beam Properties: Original BM or Joist - DF-L #1 Sister BM or Joist STEEL b 3.500 fl b 0.500 in ç c V' i7LK1E.. = 13.250 in d = 9.000 in 4- E = 1700 ksi E = 29000 ksi H of NA 6.625 in H of NA = 4.5 in from btm Area1 =. 46.38 in2 Area2 = 4.50 in' 1x1 = 678.48 in4 1x2 = 30.38 in4 E111 = 1.2E+09 #-n E212 = 8.8E+08 #-in - Neutral Axis y = 6.44 in 'comp = 1327 in - - Ecomp = 1700 ksi Total Width= 12.03 in Eq. d= 10.98 in Composite BeamAnalysis: . • - - Original BM or Joist • Sister BM or Joist Max Moment = 10531 #-ft Max Moment = 8042 #-ft Bending Stress = 1234 psi - Bending Stress = 14298 psi' - • Fb= 1000 psi Fb= 36000 psi - Total Factors = 1.25 Total Factors = 1.25 Allowable Fb = 1250 psi Allowable Fb = 45000 psi D!C = 0.99 DIC = 0.32 - OK! OK! Dunn Savoie Inc. Structural Engineers 908 S. Cleveland St. Oceanside, CA 92054 Tel: (760) 966-6355 Fax: (760) 966-6360 JOB • ,-, JOB# SHEET NO. OF CALCULATED BY Y. S. DATE 11/10 CHECKED BY DATE SCALE Composite Beam Max. Deflection: DL = 0.63 in TL = 0.81 in :5 L/180 = 1.57 in OK! Connection Design: Vert. Nail Dist, H = 6.0 in Average Factor = 0.7 Lateral Nailing Shear= 11259 lbs Case 1 Using 'Simpson SDS 1/4 x 3-1/2 Wood Screws: Z = 340 lbs/screw Total screws needed = 50 Screw row length = 11.0 ft S = 2.64 in o.c. Use 2 rows Simpson SDS 1/4 x 3-1/2 Wood Screws @ 2.5 in o.c. Staggered Case 2 Using 16d Face Nails: Z= 141 lbs/nail Total screws needed = 120 Screw row length = 11.00 ft S= 1.10 in o.c. Use 2 rows 16d Common Nails @ 1.0 in o.c. Staggered Case 3 . Using #12 x 3-1/2" Wood Screws Z = 147 lbs/nail Total screws needed = 115 Screw row length = 11.00 ft S = 1.15 in o.c. Use 2 rows #12 x 3-1/2" Wood Screws @ 1.0 in o.c. Staggered Case 4 Using 3/4 Diameter Bolts: Z = 1670 lbs/nail (Per NDS 2005 Table 11 B for DFL Parallel to Grain) Total screws needed = 11 Screw row length = 11.00 ft S = 12.00 in o.c. Use 2 rows 0.75 in Diameter Bolts 12.0 in o.c. Staggered I NI U I Dunn Savoie Inc. JOB Verizon Yarrow 10100.44 Structural Engineers I I 908 S. Cleveland St. SHEET NO. OF I Oceanside, CA 92054 CALCULATED BY Y. S. DATE 11/10 I Tel: (760) 966-6355 Fax: (760) 966-6360 CHECKED BY DATE SCALE BM1\-M?....- P1 P2 12.0' , 8.0' I 23.5' 2914 # (TL) 2914 # (IL) 1034 #(DL) 1034 #(DL) 1880 #(LL) 1880 #(LL) 11x16'/2= 20x1 6/2 = 0 0 0 0 88 PLF (DL) 160 PLF (LL) #(DL) (From BM 0) #(LL) P2= { #(DL) (From BM 0) #(LL) 610r4?At?r WL M( / Li-Fr p72T ?11cc4t tic 3ii' r Cki( SE (o-1'. C> Pop- WV 01ov6l11 PICV-V8ILO\DMO\MOflaA UOZUVA\Oe4S wLJ\:D Screen Wall Solution Given H1= 2.50 ft H2= 5.00 ft H3= 6.50 ft L1= 3.75 ft Space= 10.0 ft "f- Self WT= 16.0 psf W= 11.06 psf W2= 0.0 lbs e= 0.0 in ASD Load Combinations l.OD + 1.0 W 0.6D + 1.0 W Solution L2= 7.50 ft a = 60.0 degree TIC = 692 lbs Ni = 599 lbs Vi= 346 lbs N2= 800 lbs V2 = 207 lbs 4-7/7 -i4o Screen Wall Solution Given H1= 2.50 ft H2= 5.00 ft H3= 6.50 ft L1= 3.75 ft Space= 8.0 ft - Self WT 16.0 psf W= 11.06 psf W2= 0.0 lbs e= 0.0 in ASD Load Combinations l.OD + 1.0 W 0.6D + 1.0 W Solution L2= 7.50 ft a = 60.0 degree T/C = 553 lbs 'Nl= 479 lbs Vi = 277 lbs N2 = 640 lbs V2= 166 lbs 'Dunn Savoie Inc. JOB Verizon Yarrow 10100.44 Structural Engineers 908 S. Cleveland St. SHEET NO. ( OF Oceanside, CA 92054 CALCULATED BY Y. S. DATE 11/10 Tel: (760) 966-6355 Fax: (760) 966-6360 CHECKED BY DATE SCALE BM3 . P 5.0' 510 #(TL) . 510 #(TL) 310#(DL) 310#.(DL) 200 # (LL) 200 # (LL) W={ 16x4'/2 = 20x4'/2 = 32 PLF (DL) 40 PLF (LL) 300 . #(DL) 0 #(LL) ; USE )x6 .w/\ , D/C= <-1.o M ATL = LI 2,77 ~ L/ 7 OK! ju0 •rQLA)5 Dunn Savoie Inc. JOB JOB# Structural Engineers 908 S. Cleveland St. SHEET NO. OF Oceanside, CA 92054 CALCULATED BY Y. S. DATE 11/10 I Tel: (760) 966-6355 Fax: (760) 966-6360 CHECKED BY DATE I SCALE COMPOSITE BEAM ANALYSIS I Load Distribution According to Relative Rigidities Beam Location = Roof 2 Screw or Nail Original BM or Joist 4 Sister BM or Joist H.(For Fasteners) Screw or Nail Composite Beam Span = 9.75 ft Please refer to the sister beam analysis Individual Beam Properties: Original BM or Joist DF-L #2 Sister BM or Joist ML b = 1.500 in b = 1.750 in d= 5.500 in d = 5.500 in E = 1600 ksi E = 1900 ksi H of NA = 2.75 in H of NA = 2.75 in from btm Area, 8.25 in Area2 = 9.63 in 1x1 = 20.80 in' Ix2 = 24.26 in E111 = 3.3E+07 #-in E212 = 4.6E+07 #-in Neutral Axis y = 2.75 in 'comp = 50 in Ecomp = 1600 ksi Total Width = 3.58 in Eq. d= 5.50 in Composite Beam Analysis: Original BM or Joist Sister BM or Joist Max Moment = 657 #-ft Max Moment = 911 #-ft Bending Stress = 1043 psi Bending Stress = 1239 psi Fb = 875 psi Fb = 2600 psi Total Factors = 1.25 Total Factors = 1.25 Allowable F'b = 1094 psi Allowable Fb = 3250 psi DIC= 0.95 DIC= 0.38 OK! OK! Dunn Savoie Inc. Structural Engineers 908 S. Cleveland St. Oceanside, CA 92054 Tel: (760) 966-6355 Fax: (760) 966-6360 JOB JOB# SHEET NO. OF CALCULATED BY Y. S. DATE 11/10 CHECKED BY DATE SCALE Composite Beam Max. Deflection: DL = 2.42 in TL 0.31 in :5 L/180 = 0.65 in OK! Connection Design: Vert. Nail Dist, H = 2.5 in Average Factor 0.7 Lateral Nailing Shear = 3060 lbs Case 1 Using Simpson' SDS 1/4 x 3-1/2 Wood Screws: Z = 340 lbs/screw Total screws needed = 14 Screw row length = 5.0 ft S = 4.29 in o.c. Use 2 rows Simpson SDS 1/4 x 1I2 Wood Screws @ 4.0 in o.c. Staggered Case 2 Using 16d Face Nails: Z = 141 lbs/nail Total screws needed = 33 Screw row length = 5.00 ft S = 1.82 in o.c. Use 2 rows 16d Common Nails 1.5 in o.c. Staggered Case 3 Using #12 x 3-1/2' Wood Screws: Z= 147 lbs/nail Total screws needed = 32 Screw row length = 5.00 ft S = 1.88 in o.c. Use 2 rows #12 x 3-1/2" Wood Screws @ 1.5 in o.c. Staggered Case 4 Using 3/4 Diameter Bolts: Z = 1670 lbs/nail (Per NDS 2005 Table 11B for DFL Parallel to Grain) Total screws needed = 3 Screw row length = 5.00 ft S = 20.00 in o.c. Use 2 rows 0.75 in Diameter Bolts @ 20.0 in o.c. Staggered / 600 Q) 200 - ... ...... ... . .... . ....... 777ii:7.7 .. . .. ............ . . ~!i F -200 -400 -600 0.0 1.0 2.0 2.9 3.9 4.9 5.9 6.8 7.8 8.8 9.8 1800 1600 .- ............ ....................... .- ......J.-.--....- ........................................................................ 600 400 0) 200 0__ 0.350 0.300 0.150 0.050 0.000 2.0 2.9 3.9 4.9 5.9 6.8 7.8 8.8 9.8 Length (ft) ( Max. SF 504.8 # Location 9.8 ft Max. BM 1568.1 #-ft Location 4.9 ft Max. Defln 0.310 in Location 4.9 ft Sister Beam Analysis Span 9.75 ft Left spt. 0 Right spt. 0 No. segs. 30 Eq. El 7.9E+04 k-in2 UDL I 72plf onc. Loaas: No. Load Position # ft 1 300 5 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 51 0 0 0=pinned 1=fixed 0=pinned 1=fixed N3 -ve=down -ve=down Dunn Savoie Inc. JOB Verizon Yarrow 10100.44 Structural Engineers 908 S. Cleveland St. SHEET NO. OF Oceanside, CA 92054 CALCULATED BY Y. S. DATE 11/10 Tel: (760) 966-6355 Fax: (760) 966-6360 CHECKED BY DATE SCALE BM4 P 6.5 Z 10.0 1 465 # (IL) 555 # (TL) 265 # (DL) 355 # (DL) 200 # (LL) 200 # (LL) 16x4'I2= 32 PLF (DL) W= 20x4'I2 = 40 PLF (LL) 300 # (DL) 0 #(LL) USE , D/C 1.0 TL = L/ LI OK! luuu1FI1 Dunn Savoie Inc. JOB Verizon Yarrow I Structural Engineers I qg S (It,Ind St SHEET NO. Oceanside, CA 92054 CALCULATED BY Y. S. I Tel: (760) 966-6355 Fax: (760) 966-6360 CHECKED BY 3j 1 1 SCALE BM5 10100.44 OF DATE 11/10 DATE t'AT:A ¶ 4.0' It 144 #(TL) 144 #(TL) 64 # (DL) 64 # (DL) 80 # (LL) 80 # (LL) 16x4'/2 = 32 PLF (DL) 20x4'/2 = . 40 PLF (LL) USE tE) DIC 1.0 L\TL LI L/ OK! Printed: II NOV 2010. 2:38PM JInrirI Rcim fl Description: BM5 Material Properties Calculations per IBC 2006, CBC 2007, 2005 NDS Analysis Method: Allowable Stress Design Fb - Tension 900.0 psi E: Modulus of Elasticity Load Combination 2006 IBC & ASCE 7-05 . Fb - Compr 900.0 psi Ebend- xx 1600.0 ksi Fc - PrlI 1,350.0 psi Eminbend - xx 580.0ksi Wood Species : Douglas Fir - Larch Fc - Perp 625.0 psi Wood Grade : No.2 Fv 180.0 psi Ft 575.0 psi Density 32.210pcf Beam Bracing : Beam is Fully Braced against lateral-torsion buckling 'V-V •VV ••. .•. :, --V 'V 2x6 Span = 4.0 ft Applied Loads Service loads entered Load Factors will be applied for calculations Load for Span Number 1 Uniform Load: D = 0.0320, Lr = 0.040 k/ft Tributary Width = 1.0 ft Maximum Bending Stress Ratio Section used for this span fb : Actual FB : Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs Maximum Deflection Max Downward L+Lr+S Deflection Max Upward L+Lr+S Deflection Max Downward Total Deflection Max Upward Total Deflection = 0.1951 Maximum Shear Stress Ratio 2x6 Section used for this span = 228.50p5i fv : Actual = 1,170.00psi Fv:Allowable +D+Lr+H Load Combination = 2.00011 Location of maximum on span = Span # 1 Span # where maximum occurs 0.007 in Ratio = 6877 0.000 in Ratio = 0 <360 0.013 in Ratio = 3820 0.000 in Ratio = 0 <180 0.113 : 1 2x6 = 20.42 psi = V 180.00 psi +lj+Lr-s-H = 3.560 ft = Span #1 Maximum Forces.:& Stresses.for Load Combinations Load Combination Max Stress Ratios Summary of Moment Values Summary of Shear Values Segment Length Span # M V C d C f/v C r C m C t C fu Mactual tb-design Fb-allow Vactual tv-design Fv-allow +0 Length =4.0ft 1 0.087 0.050 1.000 1.300 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 0.06 101.55 1,170.00 0.05 9.08 180.00 1.300 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 Length = 4.0 It 1 0.195 .0.113 1.000 1.300 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 0.14 228.50 1,170.00 0.11 20.42 180.00 -'-D40.750Lr-'0.750L+H 1.300 1,000 1.000 1.000 1.000 Length =4.oft 1 0.168 0.098 1.000 1.300 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 0.12 196.76 1,170.00 0.10 17.59 180.00 "00.750Lr-+0.750L+0.750W*l 1.300 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 - Length =4.oft 1 0.168 0.098 1.000 1.300 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 0.12 196.76 1,170.00 0.10 17.59 180.00 "-040.750Lr40.750L40.5250E#1 1.300 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 V Length =4.oft . 1 0.168 0.098 1.000 1.300 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 0.12 196.76 1,170.00 0.10 17.59 180.00 Overall Maximum Deflectionsl- Unfactored Loads.V Load Combination Span Max."-" Defi Location in Span Load Combination . V Max. +' Defl Location in Span D'tr 1 0.0126 2.020 . 0.0000 0.000 Printed: ii NOV 2010, 2:38PM Mood BD . ....T. ::;.. ..::. . •:-• File:lD : cocuments and Settings\yshao\My Documents\ENERCALC Data Files\verizon yarrow.ec6 Beam es I g fl. . . .. : . . .... . . ..•.: ENERCALC: tNc:1983-2olo. Ver: 61.51, N:60607 Description 8M5 Vertical Reactions Unfactored Support notation Far left is #1 Values in KIPS Load Combination Support 1 Support 2 Overall MAXimum 0.144 0.144 O Only 0.064 0.064 Lr Only 0.080 0.080 D4.r 0.144 . 0.144 51 L Dunn Savoie Inc. JOB Verizon Yarrow 10100.44 Structural Engineers 908 S. Cleveland St. SHEET NO. OF Oceanside, CA 92054 Tel: (760) 966-6355 CALCULATED BY Y. S. DATE 11/10 Fax: (760) 966-6360 CHECKED BY DATE SCALE BM6 3.0' P1 P2 4.0' I 4' I + W2 + Wi W3 10.0' 636 # (IL) 540 # (TL) 376 # (DL) 280 # (DL) 260 # (LL) 260 # (LL) 16x4'/2= 32 PLF (DL) W1= 20x4'/2 = 40 PLF (LL) 16x2'/2= 16 PLF (DL) W2= 20x2'/2 = 20 PLF (LL) 16x4'/2= 32 _PLF (DL) W3 20x4'/2 = 40 PLF (LL) 64 #(DL) 64 #(DL) P1= P2= 80 # (LL) 80 # (LL) From BM 5) (From BM 5) 240 #(DL) P3 0 #(LL) USE DIC 1.0 TL i.c-p ATL = L/ LI 1060 OK! I3M (A) Q. r o .C. 1u cTAG-6e-(Zv Dunn Savoie Inc. Structural Engineers 908 S. Cleveland St. Oceanside, CA 92054 Tel: (760) 966-6355 Fax: (760) 966-6360 JOB JOB# SHEET NO. OF CALCULATED BY Y. S. DATE 11/10 CHECKED BY DATE SCALE COMPOSITE BEAM ANALYSIS I Load Distribution According to Relative Rigidities Beam Location = Roof 2 Screw or Nail Original BM or Joist Sister BM or Joist H (For Fasteners) __- Screw or Nail Composite Beam Span = 10 ft Please refer to the sister beam analysis Individual Beam Properties: Original BM or Joist DF-L #2 Sister BM or Joist TL b = 1.500 in b = 3.500 in d = 5.500 in d = 5.500 in E= 1600 ksi E= 1550 ksi H of NA = 2.75 in H of NA = 2.75 in from btm Area1 = 8.25 fl4 Area2 = 19.25 in' 1x1 = 20.80 in' 1x2 = 48.53 in E111 = 3.3E+07 #-in E212 = 7.5E+07 #-in Neutral Axis y = 2.75 in lComp = 68 in' Ecomp = 1600 ksi Total Width = 4.89 in Eq. d = 5.50 in Composite Beam Analysis: Original BM or Joist Sister BM or Joist Max Moment = 574 #-ft Max Moment = 1298 #-ft Bending Stress = 911 psi Bending Stress = 883 psi Fb = 875 psi Fb = 2325 psi Total Factors = 1.25 Total Factors= 1.25 Allowable Fb = 1094 psi Allowable Pb = 2906 psi DIC = 0.83 0/C = 0.30 OK! OK! Dunn Savoie Inc. Structural Engineers 908 S. Cleveland St. Oceanside, CA 92054 Tel: (760) 966-6355 Fax: (760) 966-6360 JOB JOB# SHEET NO. OF CALCULATED BY Y. S. DATE 11/10 CHECKED BY DATE SCALE Composite Beam Max. Deflection: DL = 1.80 in LTL = 0.30 in :5 L/180 = 0.67 in OK! Connection Design: Vert. Nail Dist, H = 2.5 in Average Factor = 0.7 Lateral Nailing Shear = 4361 lbs Case 1 Using 'Simpson' SDS 1/4 x 3-1/2 Wood Screws: Z = 340 lbs/screw Total screws needed = 20 Screw row length = 4.0 ft S = 2.40 in o.c. I Use 2 rows Simpson SIDS 1/4 x 3-1/2 Wood Screws @ 2.0 in o.c. Staggered Case 2 Using 16d Face Nails: Z= 141 lbs/nail Total screws needed = 47 Screw row length = 4.00 ft S = 1.02 in o.c. Use 2 rows 16d Common Nails @ 1.0 in o.c. Staggered Case 3 Using #12 x 3-1/2' Wood Screws: Z= 147 lbs/nail Total screws needed = 45 Screw row length = 4.00 ft S = 1.07 in o.c. Use 2 rows #12 x 3-1/2" Wood Screws @ 1.0 in o.c. Staggered Case 4 Using 3/4 Diameter Bolts: Z = 1670 lbs/nail (Per NDS 2005 Table 11 B for DEL Parallel to Grain) Total screws needed = 4 Screw row length = 4.00 ft S = 12.00 in o.c. Use 0.75 in Diameter Bolts 2 rows @ 12.0 in o.c. Staggered Span 10 ft Left spt. 0 Right spt. 0 No. segs. 30 Eq. El 1.1E+05 k-in2 0pinned 1=fixed 0=pinned lfixed FW Sister Beam Analysis jo UDL I 721p1f Uonc. Loads: No. Load Position ft 1 144 4 2 144 6 3 240 3 4 0 0 51 0 0 -ve=down -vedown Max. SF 672.0 # Location 0.0 ft Max. BM 1672.0 #-ft Location 4.0 ft Max. Defln 0.302 in Location 5.0 ft Dunn Savoie Inc. JOB Verizon Yarrow l 10100.44 51 Structural Engineers 908 S. Cleveland St. SHEET NO. OF Oceanside, CA 92054 Tel: (760) 966-6355 CALCULATED BY Y. S. DATE 11/10 Fax: (760) 966-6360 CHECKED BY DATE SCALE BM7 10.0' 573 # (TL) 675 # (TL) 293 # (DL) 395 # (DL) 280 # (LL) 280 # (LL) 16x4'/2 = 32 PLF(DL) W = 20x4'/2 = 40 PLF (LL) 240 -# (DL) 0 #(LL) USE ) , D/C= ~1.0 x M L ATL = LI LI . OK! - Oc2S, Dunn Savoie Inc. Structural Engineers 908 S. Cleveland St. Oceanside, CA 92054 Tel: (760) 966-6355 Fax: (760) 966-6360 JOB JOB# SHEET NO. OF CALCULATED BY Y. S. DATE 11/10 CHECKED BY DATE SCALE COMPOSITE BEAM ANALYSIS Load Distribution According to Relative Rigidities Original BM or Joist 3M) Beam Location = Roof Screw or Nail Sister BM or Joist H (For Fasteners) Screw or Nail Composite Beam Span = 14.5 ft Please refer to the sister beam analysis Individual Beam Properties: Original BM or Joist DF-L #2 Sister BM or Joist ML b= 1.500 in b= 1.750 in d= 9.250 in d = 9.500 in E= 1600 ksi E= 1900 ksi H of NA= 4.625 in H of NA= 4.75 in from btm Area1 = 13.88 in2 Area2 = 16.63 fl' 1x1 = 98.93 in 1x2 = 125.03 in4 = 1.6E+08 #-in E212 = 2.4E+08 #-in Neutral Axis y = 4.69 in lComp = 248 in" Ecomp = 1600 ksi Total Width = 3.58 in Eq. d= 9.40 in Composite Beam Analysis: • Original BM or Joist Sister BM or Joist Max Moment = 988 #-ft • Max Moment = 1483 #-ft Bending Stress = 554 psi Bending Stress = 676 psi Fb = 875 psi Fb = 2600 psi Total Factors = 1.25 Total Factors = 1.25 Allowable Fb = 1094 psi . Allowable Fb = 3250 psi DIC= 0.51 D!C= 0.21 OK! OK! 27 Dunn Savoie Inc. JOB JOB Structural Engineers 908 S. Cleveland St. SHEET NO OF Oceanside, CA 92054 CALCULATED BY Y. S. DATE 11/10 Tel: (760) 966-6355 CHECKED BY DATE Fax: (760) 966-6360 SCALE Composite Beam Max. Deflection: DL = 0.35 in TL = 0.23 in s L/180 = 0.97 in OK! Connection Design: Vert. Nail Dist, H = 6.5 in Average Factor = 0.7 Lateral Nailing Shear= 1916 lbs Case 1 Using 'Simpson' SDS 1/4 x 3-1/2 Wood Screws: Z = 340 lbs/screw Total screws needed = 9 Screw row length = 6.0 ft S = 8.00 in o.c. Use 2 rows Simpson SDS 1/4 x 3-1/2 Wood Screws @ 8.0 in o.c. Staggered Case 2 Using 16d Face Nails: Z= 141 lbs/nail Total screws needed = 21 Screw row length= 6.00 ft Use 2 rows 16d Common Nails @ 3.0 in o.c. Staggered Case 3 Using #12 x 3-1/2 Wood Screws: Z= 147 lbs/nail Total screws needed = 20 Screw row length = 6.00 ft - Use 2 rows #12 x 3-1/2" Wood Screws @ 3.5 in o.c. Staggered Case 4 Using 3/4 Diameter Bolts: Z = 1670 lbs/nail (Per NDS 2005 Table 11B for DEL Parallel to Grain) Total screws needed = 2 Screw row length = 6.00 ft S = 36.00 in o.c. Use 2 rows 0.75 in Diameter Bolts @ .36.0 in o.c. Staggered / Sister Beam Analysis Span 14.5 ft Left spt. 0 0=pinned lfixed Right spt. 0 0=pinned 1=fixed No. segs. 30 Eq. El 2.8E+05 k-in2 UDL I 721p1f -ve=down Uonc. Loads: No. Load Position # ft 1 240 10 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 51 0 0 -vedown 800 TTT-'1r'..1:......x:::.:I. ::I':I;: :.if.i........... s::: ..... 200 -400 -800 0.0 1.5 2.9 4.4 5.8 7.3 8.7 10.2 11.6 13.1 14.5 3000 10 0 0.0 1.5 2.9 4.4 5.8 7.3 8.7 10.2 11.6 13.1 14.5 0.350 . 0.300 . .. ......... . .. ..... .. ......... ..... . .... . .... .... . ..... .. . ... .. . ............ ....... . ...... . ...... ........................ /'\ :°: 0.0 1.5 2.9 4.4 5.8 7.3 8.7 10.2 11.6 13.1 14.5 Length (ft) Max. SF 687.5 # Location . 14.5 ft Max. BM 2470.6 #-ft Location 8.2 ft Max. Defln 0.327 in Location 7.3 ft lk)kQ CoN(f7. WcT -E Fl Y" = y 4 iI oo t PA FA T oc Fkr— 714eri SCALE 1/2"=l'-O' 1 4 Oj Fiberglass Panel Under Wind Load Thickness = 0.25 in Span= 6.00 ft Wind Load= 11.06 psf Panel Width = 12 in Applied Moment = 597.24 #in Section Modulus = 0.125 1n3 Flexural Stress = 4777.92 psi Allowable Stress = 15000 psi D/C= 0.32 Below are the test results for typical ouponfmcp:erties of ISOFR and VEFR Fiat Sheet. Properties are .detived per the ASThI test method. shown Synthetic surfacing veil and ultraviolet inhibitors are standard- MECHANICAL PROPERTIES. ASTM UNITS THICKNESS ISO &ISOFR VEFR i8 16-114 wa"-v 11V 311'-114 3/8-V Tensile Sess, LW 0-633 psi 24,10100 24,000 24,000 24,0010 24,000 24,000 Tensile Stress, CW -630 psi 7,5100 10,0100 101000 7,500 10000 10,000 Tensile Modulus. LW 0-633 1.0 psi 2.0 2.1) 20 2.0 2.0 2.0 Tensile Modilu's CW 0-638 'l psi 1.0 ti t4 f.0 1.1 IA Cmpi-esseS&sss. LW 0-895 psi 24,001) 24,d10D 24.1000 24000 24,000 24,000 ccmpresive Sb-see CW 0-895 psi 165004 kQ 600 16,500 15500 17500 107,500 0-6i5 1i psi LB 1.8 1,3 1.3 1.8 1.3 C-Grnpiressive ON J-85 10 psi 10 1 0 1.d 11..0 1.0 1.13 Ae,rural Stress. LW 0-700 psi 36,000 35,0100 30.000 35.000 35.00D 30,000 Flexural Stress CW 0-700 psi 150004 15.1100 s$000 15000 15000 18,000 Flexural Moduius, LW 0-790 10 psi 1.6 2.0' 21) 1.6 2.10 2.1) Flexural Modulus,CW 0-790 'td psi 09 11 1A 049 11 1A Perpendicular Shear Stress, LW -3846 psi 8,0100 8.000 6,000 6,000 5,0100 8,000 PerpendicuLar Shear Stress CW 21-21346 p B.0400 8,000 6000 5,000 0_1100 8000 Bearin9 Stress, LW 0-953 psi 32,000 32,000 32,000 32,000 212,000 31000 NDtche'd Pzod Impacs. LN 0-258 ?-lbsz'in 135 20 20 1:9.5 20 20 Not rnpsct,cW 0-256 f-lbs A m. 5 5 6 5 5 r51-IYSICAL PROPERTIES ASTM UNITS 108" 3/"-it4' 3"-i" i&" 21t1.-iik4' 318'4 Barcc,l Hardness 0-2533 - 40 40 40 40 40 410 24HouVaierAheorption 0-571) %•rnax 0.6 08 . aS 0.6 0.5 0.1) DensiyT 0-792 then .062-070 .082-1)70 .062-1070 082073 .C2-.1370 .062-1)70 ocientThsimá1 Expansicn LW r_eZ16 10*Lf'C S S B 3 1 3 8 L.TRICAL PROPERTiES JAST101 I LJ'NErS . 1)3" .. 3116'-1)4" . 318-I °" 1)8'" 316°-I" lAro Resistance, LW 0-495 seon,ds 120 120 120 1210 120 120 DIelecbc&ren9th IN 0-14 lnJin 35 35 35 35 35 35 Diele;v M.31ren9th1, PF D-i4P 'oltsJreil. 2004 200 FLAMMABILITY PROPERTIES FOR 15 OFR & VEFR FLAT SHEET Tunnel Test -84 Flarrre Spread 25 max. Fl.mm-abiirty 0-635 Ncnburnin9 UL 94 '10 NES Smoille Charnb E'682 Smo6e Density 8100-700 LW = Lengthwise OW = Crs,thse PF = Perpendicular to Laminate Face Fiberglass Panel Supprot Under Wind Load Header 4114 Span= 10.00 ft Wind Load = 28 pIt Deflection = L/ 240 Allowable Uniform Load = 373 plf DIC = 0.08 4 x 1/4 SQUARE TUBE Laterally Supported = 1.75 in2 I= 8.82 in S = 4.41 in' Wt. = 2.83 lbs/ft 7_7 SPAN FEET MAXIMUM LOAD DEFLECTION L/100 L/150 L1180 L1240 L!360 4 1310 F 1085 903 377 40 5 1047 F 00 599 499 373 24 814 F 543 361 301 22 5 149 7 7 F ±1 235 194 144 90 8 455 F 2 158 131 98 54 9 30 F 19 112 92 69 45 10 -11-4 1 F 123 81 50 11 240 F 93 51 50 37 12 201 F 71 4 .i 28 18 13 11 F 56 35 30 13 14 147 FL 44 22 22 17 10 15 128 Fb 35 23 18 13 8 The part weight has been deducted in the above table. Brace = 4x4x1/4 Square Tube Length = 7.50 ft Axial Load = 692 lbs Allowable Axial Load = 23745 lbs D/C= 0.03 4 x 4 x 114 SQUARE TUBE Fiberglass Brace Under Wind 1 Allowable Concentric Axial Stresses and Loads A = 3-741n _2 r = 1.53 in. bit = 16 True Length (ft) (psi) P3 (lbs) U.S 6,595 - 24,665 1.0 6,595 24,665 1.5 6,595 24,665 2.0 6,59:5 24,665 2.5 6,595 24,665 3.0 6,595 24,665 3.5 6,595 24,665 4.0 6.595 24,665 4.5 6,595 24,665 5.0 6.595 24,665 5.5 6,595 24,665 6.0 6,595 24,665 6.5 6,595 24,665 7.0 6,595 24,565 7.5 6,349 23,745 8.0 5,941 22,219 8.5 5,608 20,974 9.0 1 5,283 1 19,758 9.5 4,962 18,558 10.0 4,666 17,451 True Len9th (ft) F3 (psi) P. (Ibs) 105 4,306 16,104 11.0 4,025 15,054 11.5 3,738 13,980 12.0 3,493 13,064 12.5 3..233 12,091 13.0 3,000 11,220 13.5 2,836 10,607 14.0 2,672 9,993 14.5 2,511 9,391 15.0 2,350 8,789 15.5 2,225 8,322 16.0 2,052 7,674 16.5 1,948 7,286 17.0 1.850 6.,919 17.5 1.767 6,609 18.0 1.687 6,309 18.5 1,631 6,100 19.0 1,558 1 5,827 19.5 1,484 5,550 20.0 1,441 5,389 The effective "K" value is 0. 70. See page 52 for additional information. STRUCTURAL CONNECTIONS BEARING ON FRP Bolt Allowable for Given FRP Plate Thickness (1 MATERIAL THICKNESS 3/8" 1/2" BOLT DIAMETER 518 314" 1" 118 469 625 781 938 1250 114" :938 1250 1563 1875 2500 3/8" 1405 1875 2344 2813. .3750 1:/2 1:875 2500 3125 3750 5000 314" 2813. 3750 4688 56252 7500 1' 37.50 5:0.00 6250 7500 10000 '1)BEARLYG on FRPplate tor web conin,Lr (Facior.ofSafry = 3.0; Fp=10;000ps1 Pie dignor must coitram that no other c.o?npomnt of c.omcn on conttriL. BOLT SHEAR Bolt Allowable for Given Bolt Diameter C21 BOLT TYPE BOLT DIAMETER & APPLICATION 3/8" 112' 5/8" 3/4" 1" 316SS- sinole shear (3) 1408 2503 3912 5633 10014 .316S3 double shear 2816 5:007 7823 11:265: 20027 FRP thre.adedrod (4)• single shear 300 600 900 1000 2050 FRP threaded rod - - 600 1200 1800 2000 4100 ( 42/ M aasi.r must c.Onjrrn that no other conipox.nt QJConncc.twn controi.. :SWEARof.&oft conhoIs. Fv=0J7FU= 0.1 7*75000 psi 12,750psi SFI&R of FRP thradod rod coui?vth (Fador of Sqft), = 4.). UIThnat. vtthesfivs! Dynafnn.Dcsigt Guide RATIO OF EDGE DISTANCE TO FASTENER DIAMETER RANGE RECOMMENDED Edge Distance - cl:* bolt to END 2.0-4.0 3.0 Edge Distance - Cr bolt to SIDE 1L5-3.5 2.5 Bolt Pitch _.cl* to Cr 4M-5.0 .5.0 Uo I Dunn Savoie Inc. . JOB DSI]]I Structural Engineers SHEET NO. OF I 908 S. Cleveland St. I Oceanside, CA 92054 CALCULATED BY DATE I Tel: (760) 966-6355 CHECKED BY DATE Fax: (760) 966-6360 SCALE EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE ELEMENT CRITERIA +tEtf M EQUIPMENT WEIGHT W, = 1200 lbs DIMENSIONS: LENGTH L .29 in WIDTH B = 25 in HEIGHT H = 84 in EQUIPMENT ELEVATION z = 0.0 ft ROOF ELEVATION h = 0.0 ft SEISMIC CRITERIA SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY = D SPECTRAL ACCELERATION, SHORT PERIOD SDS = 0.8 IMPORTANCE FACTOR l, = 1.5 COMPONENT AMPLIFICATION FACTOR a,, 1.0 COMPONENT RESPONSE MODIF. FACTOR R, 2.5 Design Seismic Load per 2006 International Building Code and ASCE 7-05 Design Lateral Force: (13.3-1) LRFD F = 0.4aPsDS (1 + 2.(z/h)) = 432 lbs (Ril) p Lower Limit: (13.3-2) F= 0.3*sDs lpwp = 432 lbs Upper Limit: (13.3-3) F= 1.6*SDs lpwp = 2304 lbs Therefore, F = 432 lbs (LRFD) = 0.36Wp Seismic load governs per insp! (1.OE) ELEMENT ANCHORAGE ASD .. OVERTURNING: OM = F9.H/2 = 1512 lb-ft RM = (0.90.2SDs)*Wp*B/2 = 925 lb-ft 1605.2.1 Eq 16-6 or 16-7 NET M = OM-RM = 587 lb-ft i Therefore = 371 Ibs/2bolts V -r SHEAR: . V = F No. of bolts : o., of bolts 108 lbs tC1(7AI/ AL C USE: Use (4) Hilti KB-TZ bolt 1/2' diameter with 2' min embed per ICC-ESR 1917. Special Inspection Required. OK per Inspection ~1 Dunn Savoie Inc. JOB Structural Engineers SHEET NO. OF I 908 S. Cleveland St. I Oceanside, CA 92054 CALCULATED BY DATE I Tel: (760) 966-6355 Fax: (760) 966-6360 3 CHECKED BY DATE I SCALE I EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE I ELEMENT CRITERIA .A - EQUIPMENT WEIGHT DIMENSIONS: LENGTH W, L = 1000 = 29 lbs in WIDTH B = 25 in HEIGHT H = 84 in EQUIPMENT ELEVATION . z = 0.0 ft ROOF ELEVATION h 0.0 ft SEISMIC CRITERIA SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY = D SPECTRAL ACCELERATION, SHORT PERIOD SDS 0.8 IMPORTANCE FACTOR I, = 1.5 COMPONENT AMPLIFICATION FACTOR a = 1.0 COMPONENT RESPONSE MODIF. FACTOR R = 2.5 Design Seismic Load per 2006 International Building Code and ASCE 7-05 Design Lateral Force: (13.3-1) LRFD = F 0.4a s0 (1 + 2(z/h)) p 360 lbs (Rji) Lower Limit: (13.3-2) F = O.3* so, 1pW 360 lbs Upper Limit: (13.3-3) F= 1.6*Sos ipwp 1920 lbs Therefore, . F = 360 lbs (LRFD) = 0.36Wp Seismic load governs per insp! (1.OE) ELEMENT ANCHORAGE ASD OVERTURNING: OM = F.H/2 = 1260 lb-ft RM = (0.90.2Sos )*W.BI2 = 771 lb-ft 1605.2.1 Eq 16-6 or 16-7 NET M = OM-RM = 489 lb-ft Therefore T = 309 lbs / 2 bolts = 154 lbs/bolt SHEAR: No. of bolts = 4 V = F / No. of bolts = 90 lbs USE: Use (4) Hilti KB-TZ bolt 1/2" diameter with 2' min embed per ICC-ESR 1917. Special Inspection Required. OK per Inspection p II Dunn Savoie Inc. JOB S MR" [ Structural Engineers SHEET NO. OF II I 908 S. Cleveland St. 7771 Oceanside, CA 92054 CALCULATED BY DATE Tel: (760)966-6355 CHECKED BY DATE Fax: (760) 966-6360 SCALE EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE ELEMENT CRITERIA A-4- EQUIPMENT WEIGHT W, = 2918 lbs DIMENSIONS: LENGTH L = 27.625 in t'T WIDTH B = 22.5 in HEIGHT H = 57 in EQUIPMENT ELEVATION . z = 0.0 ft ROOF ELEVATION h = 0.0 ft SEISMIC CRITERIA SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D SPECTRAL KAL ACCELERATION, SHORT PERIOD SDS = 0.8 IMPORTANCE FACTOR I,, = 1.5 COMPONENT AMPLIFICATION FACTOR a = 1.0 COMPONENT RESPONSE MODIF. FACTOR R = . 2.5 Design Seismic Load per 2006 International Building Code and ASCE 7-05 Design Lateral Force: (13.3-1) LRFD F = 0.4a SOS (1 + 2(z/h)) w = 1050 lbs Lower Limit: (13.3-2) F= 0.3* so, 1pwp = 1050 lbs Upper Limit: (13.3-3) 1.6*S08lw = 5603 lbs Therefore, F = 1050 lbs (LRFD) = 0.36Wp Seismic load governs per insp! (1.OE) ELEMENT ANCHORAGE ASD OVERTURNING: OM= F.l-II2 = 2495 lb-ft RM = (0.90.2SDS)*W p*B/2 = 2024 lb-ft 1605.2.1 Eq 16-6 or 16-7 NET M = OM-RM = 471 lb-ft Therefore = 342 lbs /2 bolts = 171 lbs/bolt SHEAR: No. of bolts = 4 V = F / No. of bolts = 263 lbs USE: Use (4) Hilti KB-TZ bolt 1/2" diameter with 2" min embed per ICC-ESR 1917. Special Inspection Required. OK per Inspection Punching Shear Capacity Per AC! 318-05 Case A: Edge Column (Bending parallel to edge) Uplift 0.5 in Fame C! 2;oo Interior colurnnb// psi 5 in bo = 10.0 1 n \ / Z2=d/2 Ac=b0 d = 20.0 fl = 1.0 (4) I/2 HILfl CARBON STEEL KWIK-BOLT z Case C: Edge Column (Bending perpendicular to edge) r ', EXPANSION ANCHORS WITH MINIMUM EMBEDMENT - A( \ 2 INTO 1/20 PRE-DRILLED PILOT HOLE s - '-tLI.0 V. MINIMUM 2-5/8 DEEP SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIRED. 075 \ I.C.C.-.ES #ESR-1917 0 /fi*27 (IS11NC 4 THICK Per ACI 318-05 CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB 11.12.2.1 - For nonprestressed slabs and footings, TMI Vc shall be the smallest of(a), (b), and (c): (a) (11-33) Vc.= (2+)J?b0d = 6 kips Case B: Interior Column Case D: Corner Column C, Case Area of critical Modulus of critical section section, Ac c C. J/c No, A (b1+2b2)d b1d(b1+6b2)+d3 bd(b1+6b2)+d3 b1 b1 '6" 2. 2' B 2(b1+b2)d b1d(b1+3b2)+d3 b1d(b1+3b2)+d3 b1 . - b1 - 3 3 2 .2 C (2b1+b2)d 2 bd(b1+2b2)+d(2b1+b5) 2 bd(b1+2b2)~d(2b1+b2) b b1(b1+b2) 6b1 '6(b1+b2) 2b1+b2 2b1+b2 D (b1+b2)d bd(b1+4b2)+d(b1+b2) bd(b1+4b2)+d(b1+b2) b' , b1(b1+2b2) 6b1 . 6(b1+2b2) 2(b1+62) 2(b1+b2) where 13 is the ratio of long side to short side of the column, concentrated load or reaction area; (b)(11-34) d V, = (_ a ._+2)jb0d =' 10 kips bo where as is 40 for interior columns, 30 for edge columns, 20 for corner columns; and (C ) (11-35) V=4J?b0d = 4 kips The governing design punching shear capacity 4)Vc = 3.0 kips ~ 185 lbs D/C 0.06 OK! I BUILDING ENERGY ANALYSIS REPORT I PROJECT: Verizon Wireless - Yarrow 2192 Palomar Airport Road Carlsbad, CA 92008 Project Designer: P.O. Box 4651 Carlsbad, CA 92018 (760) 434-8474 Report Prepared by: Stueven Engineering II Job Number: Date: 11/5/2010 The EnergyPro computer program has been used to perform the calculations summarized in this compliance report. This program has approval and is authorized by the California Energy Commission for use with both the Residential and Nonresidential 2008 Building Energy Efficiency Standards. This program developed by EnergySoft, LLC - www.energysoft.com. EneravPro 5.1 by EneravSoft User Number: 3429 R,in(odp fl. Ca to 21 (Avel I TABLE OF CONTENTS - I Cover Page 1 Table of Contents 2 Nonresidential Performance Title 24 Forms 3 Form ENV-MM Envelope Mandatory Measures 19 Form LTG-MM Lighting Mandatory Measures 20 Form MECH-MM Mechanical Mandatory Measures 21 EnergyPro 5.1 by EnergySoft Job Number: ID: User Number: 3429 PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE (Part 1 of 3) PERF-1 C PI*ct Nwno Dato Venzon WYreless Yanow 111512010 PI0fe2 Address Qimate Zone Total Cotid. Floor Area Roar Ackthon Floor Area 2192 Palomar Altpoit Road Gajisbad CA Climate Zone 07 243 GENERAL INFORMATION Building Type: D Nonresidential 0 High-Rise Residential a Hotel/Motel Guest Room 0 Relocatable - incate 0 specific climate zone 0 all climates Phase of Construction: 0 New construction 0 Atkthion 0 Alteration STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE This certificate of compliance lists the building features and specifications needed to comply with Title 24, Parts 1 and 6 of the California Code of Regulations. This certificate apfies only to a Building using the performance compliance approach - The documentation author hereby certifies that the documentation is accurate and comiglete. Documentation Author mme Steve Raderama Skwwum comy Cy/at&Z The Principal Designer hereby ceitfies that the proposed building design represented in this set of construction documents is consistent with the other compliance forms and worksheets, with the specifications. and with any other calculations submitted with this permit application. The proposed building has been designed to meet the energy efficien requirements contained in sections 110. 116 through 118, and 140 through 1400(TitIh24, Pan 6. Please check one: ENV. LTG IIIECH. I hereby affirm that I am ehgible under the provisions of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code to 13 13 0 sign this dowrnent as the person .esponsiblefor its pepaaIicn; wtd that I am licensed in the State of California as a civil engineer, rnochanil engineer, electrical engineer, or I am a Iconsed archhect. I afflmi that I are eligible under the provisions of thvlolon 3 of the Business and Professions Code by section O 13 0 55372 or 67373 to sign this document as the persen responsible for its prepamlion; and that I am a licensed onnhtactor parlorroing this work. I atllnn that I am eligible wider Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code to sign this document o a a because It pertains to a stntcture or hype of *ott described as exempt pursuant to Business and Prolesslons Code Sections 5537,5538 and 6737.1. Principal Envelope Designer hame ?o12r 1/52. Sk?te4/' Como"Daze P.O. am 4651 p I tiose Scalaizip QwftW, CA W10 Prors 434.W.4 Principal imim, hanical Designer Nane ,4227 re Campy / Date // 4 6/ PtetiO -7 . 3 ' Principal Lighting Deslq ner Name 1Zj1q- SYa1u Co 40 aWer, 1#ftrIK6 '° 17 . Lifl5 S 443,f Clt.yl5tal&Zlp - q24/, PhOi 7 TO APPLICANT OWFILIANCE & WORKSHEETS (check boy. It worksheets am included) ENV.IC onrcateofOointi. Rredonlans. B MECP$it Conipianco. Rpo,ioils, B iTC.tC CeMume of Cusipootice. Harrsdon plans. B MECI+2C .Jr,Walum Sld&Sei*n Hot Waiar & Pool Rorpjmusi& 0 LTG2C Liitvig Controls Credit Woxlcs$roai. B MECPt3C laochanicat Vorthialon arid Rehuat. 0 Li-sC Indoor Ltjhilrig Power Mlowance. 10 14014-50' Medanloa1 £iipment beak t1qVPro St br&omtSOl Utor Nurmer 3420 RwtCode..W41O57e8*53O ID: Pa 3d21 Heating Cooling Fans Heat Rej Pumps DHW Lighting Receptacle Process Process Ltg = - Front Elevation Left Elevation Rear Elevation Right Elevation I Roof (N) 136 (E) 96 (S) 136 (W) 96 464 0 Total sqft. sqft. sqft. sqft. sqft. sqft. 0 0 0 0 0 0 sqft. sqft. sqft. sqft. sqft. sqft. 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE Project Name Verizon Wireless - Yarrow ANNUAL TDV ENERGY USE SUMMARY (kBtu/sgft-yr) Standard Proposed Compliance Enerav Comoonent Desian Desian Marain 0.00 0.00 0.00 1252.16 1,080.57 171.59 543.44 508.54 34.90 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 39.65 57.83 -18.18 10.20 10.20 0.00 4078.25 4,078.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 5,923.69 5,735.38 188.31 Space Heating Space Cooling Indoor Fans Heat Rejection Pumps & Misc. Domestic Hot Water Lighting Receptacle Process Process Lighting TOTALS Part 2 of 3 PERF-1 C Date 11/5/2010 Percent better than Standard 3.2% ( 10.2% excluding process) BUILDING COMPLIES GENERAL INFORMATION Building Orientation (N) 0 deg Conditioned Floor Area 243 sqft. Number of Stories I Unconditioned Floor Area 0 sqft. Number of Systems I Conditioned Footprint Area 0 sqft. Number of Zones I Natural Gas Available On Site Yes Orientation G oc Ara Glazina Area Gla7inn Ratio Standard Proposed I Prescriptive Values for Prescriptive Lighting Power Density I 0.700j W/sqft. I 1.0211 W/sqft. Comparison only. See I Prescriptive Envelope TDV Energy 3,8551 2,8951 LTG-1C for allowed LPD. Remarks: I EnergyPro 5.1 by EnergySoft User Number. 3429 RunCode: 2010-11-05T08:46:30 ID: Page 4 of 21 1 PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE (Part 3 of 3) PERF-1C Project Name Verizon Wireless - Yarrow Date 11/5/2010 ZONE INFORMATION System Name Zone Name Occupancy Type Floor Area (sgft.) Inst. LPD (W/sf)1 Ctrl. Credits (W/sf)2 Allowed LPD Proc. Loads (W/sf) Area (W/st)3 Tailored (W/sf)4 CU-I Equipment Room Electrical, Mechanical Room 243 1.021 80.000 Notes: 1. See LTG-lc 2. See LTG-2C 3. See LTG-3C 4. See LTG-4C (items marked with asterisk, see LTG-1 -c by others) (by others) require r v b Items above e Ite special documentation q p EXCEPTIONAL CONDITIONS COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST The local enforcement agency should pay special attention to the items specified in this checklist. These items require special written justification and documentation, and special verification to be used with the performance approach. The local enforcement agency determines the adequacy of the justifications, and may reject a building or design that otherwise complies based on the adequacy of the special justification and documentation submitted. The HVAC System CU-1 assumes a Constant Volume Baseline for spaces with Space Pressurization Relationship Requirements. The exceptional features listed in this performance approach application have specifically been reviewed. Adequate written justification and documentation for their use have been provided by the applicant. Authorized Signature or Stamp EnergyPro 5.1 by EnergySoft User Number: 3429 RunCode: 2010-1I-05T08:46:30 ID: Page 5 of 21 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE (Part 1 of 3) ENV-1C AND FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Project Name Verizon Wireless - Yarrow Date 11/5/2010 Project Address 2192 Palomar Airport Road Carlsbad Climate Zone 7 Total Cond. Floor Area 243 Addition Floor Area n/a GENERAL INFORMATION Building Type: 0 Nonresidential 0 High-Rise Residential 0 Hotel/Motel Guest Room O Schools (Public School) Relocatable Public School 10 Conditioned Spaces 0 Unconditioned Spaces O Skylight Area for Large Enclosed Space 2: 8000 ft2 (If checked include the ENV-4C with submittal) Phase of Construction: 0 New Construction 0 Addition 0 Alteration Approach of Compliance: 0 Component 0 Overall Envelope 0 Unconditioned (file affidavit) Front Orientation: N, E, 5, W or in Degrees: 1 ocieg FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST OPAQUE SURFACE DETAILS INSULATION Tag/ID' Assembly Type . - < .LD C - - OZ . . (5. C.) Cr • 9 XCS LU> 2 XD LU U. . L2 (5 —> — .U.. 00. C O 00) t 0. U. Wall 136 (N) 0083 R-13 1.01 None 1.0 Wood 4.3.1-A3 Existing 0 0 2 Wall 96 (E) 0.083 R-13 1.0 None 1.0 Wood 4.3.1-A3 Existing 0 0 3 WaIl 136 (S) 0.083 R-13 1.0 None 1.0 Wood 4.3. l-A3 Existing 0 0 4 wall 96 (49 0.083 R-13 1.0 None 1.0 Wood 4.3.1-A3 Existing 0 0 00 DO DO 00 00 See Instructions in the Nonresidential Compliance Manual, page 3-96. If Fail, then describe on Page 2 of the Inspection Checklist Form and take appropriate action to correct. A fail does not meet compliance. FENESTRATION SURFACE DETAILS Tag/113'Type2 Fenestratuon C 0 - (5 (e) a, LU 0 2 .- 2 , 2 w ° U) C x M '5— ,., w = ° CO U) 0) C cs > 0 cfl r- 0 ° 005 0- U. O 00 O 00 00 O 00 O DO O DO See Instructions in the Nonresidential Compliance Manual, page 3-96. - If Fail then describe on Page 2 of the Inspection Checklist Form and take appropriate action to correct. Verify building plans if necessary. EnergyPro 5.1 by EnergySoft User Number: 3429 RunCode: 2010-11-05T08:46:30 ID: Page 6 of 21 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE (Part 2 of 3) AND FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST ENV-1 C Project Name Verizon Wireless - Yarrow Date 11/5/2010 ROOFING PRODUCT (COOL ROOFS) (Note if the roofing product is not CRRC certified, this compliance approach cannot be used). Go to Overall Envelope Approach or Performance Approach. CHECK APPLICABLE BOX BELOW IF EXEMPT FROM THE ROOFING PRODUCT "COOL ROOF" REQUIREMENTS: Pass Fail' N/A Roofing compliance not required in Climate Zones 1 andl6 with a Low-Sloped. 2:12 pitch or less. o 0 0 Roofing compliance not required in Climate Zone 1 with a Steep-Sloped with less than 5 lb/ft2. Greater than 2:12 pitch. 0 0 0 D Low-sloped Wood framed roofs in Climate Zones 3 and 5 are exempted, solar reflectance and thermal emittance or SRI that have a U-factor of 0.039 or lower. See Opaque Surface Details roof assembly, Column H of ENV-2C. o o o D Low-sloped Metal building roofs in Climate Zone 3 and 5 are exempted, solar relectance and thermal emittance or SRI that have a U-factor of 0.048 or lower. See Opaque Surface Details roof assembly below, Column H of ENV-2C. o o o D The roof area covered by building integrated photovoltaic panels and building integrated solar thermal panels are exempted. Solar reflectance and thermal emittance or SRI, see spreadsheet calculator at www.energy.ca.cjov/tit1e24/ o o D Roof constructions that have thermal mass over the roof membrane with a weight of at least 25 lb/ft are exempt from the Cool Roof criteria below. o o o High-rise residential buildings and hotels and motels with low-sloped roofs in Climate Zones 1 through 9, 12 and 16 are exempted from the low-sloped roofing criteria. o o o 1. If Fail then describe on this page of the Inspection Checklist Form and take appropriate action to correct. Verify building plans if necessary. CRRC Product ID Number' Roof Slope :5212 >2:12 Product Weight < 51b/tt2 ;t 51b/ft2 Product Type Aged Solar Reflectance Thermal Emmitance SRI5 Pass Fail6 o 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 o o o o o o o o o o o 0 0 o o 0 0 0 0 o 1 o 1 0 1 0 0 0 The CRRC Product ID Number can be obtained from the Cool Roof Rating Council's Rated Product Directory at www.coolroofs.org/øroducts/search.øhø Indicate the type of product is being used for the roof top, i.e. single-ply roof, asphalt roof, metal roof, etc. If the Aged Reflectance is not available in the Cool Roof Rating Council's Rated Product Directory then use the Initial Reflectance value from the same directory and use the equation (0.2+0.7(pin1tia1 - 0.2) to obtain a calculated aged value. Where p is the Initial Solar Reflectance from the Cool Roof Rating Council's Rated Product Directory. Check box if the Aged Reflectance is a calculated value using the equation above. The SRI value needs to be calculated from a spreadsheet calculator at htt://www.eneroy.ca.ciov/titIe24/ If Fail then describe on this page of the Inspection Checklist Form and take appropriate action to correct. Verify building plans if necessary. To apply Liquid Field Applied Coatings, the coating must be applied across the entire roof surface and meet the dry mil thickness or coverage recommended by the coatings manufacturer and meet minimum performance requirements listed in §118(i)4. Select the applicable coating: Aluminum-Pigmented Asphalt Roof Coating 0 Cement-Based Roof Coating 0 Other Discrepancies: EnergyPro 5.1 by EnergySoft User Number: 3429 RunCode: 2010-11-05T08:46:30 ID: Page 7 of 21 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE (Part 3 of 3) ENV-1 C AND FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Project Name Verizon Wireless - Yarrow Date 11/5/2010 Required Acceptance Tests Designer: This form is to be used by the designer and attached to the plans. Listed below is the acceptance test for Envelope Fenestrations system. The designer is required to check the acceptance tests and list all the fenestration products that require an acceptance test. If all the site-built fenestration of a certain type requires a test, list the different fenestration products and the number of systems. The NA7 Section in the Appendix of the Nonresidential Reference Appendices Manual describes the test. Since this form will be part of the plans, completion of this section will allow the responsible party to budget for the scope of work appropriately. Enforcement Agency: Systems Acceptance. Before Occupancy Permit is granted for a newly constructed building or space or whenever new fenestration is installed in the building or space shall be certified as meeting the Acceptance Requirements. The ENV-2A form is not considered a complete form and is not to be accepted by the enforcement agency unless the boxes are checked and/or filled and signed. In addition, a Certificate of Acceptance forms shall be submitted to the enforcement agency that certifies plans, specifications, installation certificates, and operating and maintenance information meet the requirements of §10-103(b) of Title 24 Part 6. The field inspector must receive the properly filled out and signed forms before the building can receive final occupancy. A copy of the ENV-2A for each different fenestration product line must be provided to the owner of the building for their records. Test Description ENV-2A Test Performed By: Fenestration Products Name or ID Requiring Testing or Verification Area of like Products Building Envelope Acceptance Test 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 EnergyPro 5.1 by EnergySoft User Number: 3429 RunCode: 2010-11-05T08:46:30 ID: Page 8 of 21 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE (Pail 1 of 3) LTG-1C Project Name Verizon Wireless - Yarrow Date 11/5/2010 INDOOR LIGHTING SCHEDULE and FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Installation Certificate, LTG-1- INST (Retain a copy and verity form is completed and signed.) Field Inspector 0 - Certificate of Acceptance, LTG-2A and LTG-3A (Retain a copy and verity form is completed and signed.) Field Inspector 0 A separate Lighting Schedule Must Be Filled Out for Conditioned and Unconditioned Spaces Installed Lighting Power listed on this Lighting Schedule is only for: 1 CONDITIONED SPACE 0 UNCONDITIONED SPACE The actual indoor lighting power listed below includes all installed permanent and portable lighting systems in accordance with §146(a). Only for offices: Up to the first 0.2 watts per square foot of portable lighting shall not be required to be included in the i calculation of actual indoor lighting power density in accordance with the Exception to §146(a). All portable lighting in excess of 0.2 watts per square foot is totaled below. Luminaire (Type, Lamps, Ballasts) Installed Watts A B C D E F G H None or Item Tag - Complete Luminaire Description' (i.e, 3 lamp tluorescent trotter, F32T8, one dimmable electronic ballasts) CD c. , How wattage Was determined 05) €5 . . .- ii- Field jpector2 '.'-' Default From NA8 a) .0 D) .5 C,, - - (2) 4 ft Fluorescent T8 Rapid Start Elec 62.0 D 0 4 248 0 0 11 0 o 0 0 o o o oF o o . Do o o Do o 0 DO o D__ 1 0 o 0, EiiEi o 0 DO o 0 DO o o oo o 0 DO o 0 DO o 0 DO o o oo o 0 0 D o 0 Installed Watts Page Total: 248 Building total number of pages: Installed Watts Building Total (Sum of all pages) 248 Enter into LTG-1C Page 4 of 4 1 Wattage shall be determined according to Section 130 (d and e). Wattage shall be rating of light fixture, not rating of bulb. If Fail then describe on Page 2 of the Inspection Checklist Form and take appropriate action to correct. Verify building plans if necessary. EnergyPro 5.1 by EnergySoft User Number. 3429 RunCode: 2010-11-05T08:46:30 ID: Page 9 of 21 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE (Part 2 of 3) LTG-1 C Project Name Verizon Wireless - Yarrow Date 11/5/2010 INDOOR LIGHTING SCHEDULE and FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Fill in controls for all spaces: a) area controls, b) multi-level controls, c) manual daylighting controls for daylit areas > 250 ft2, automatic daylighting controls for daylit areas > 2,500 ft2, d) shut-off controls, e) display lighting controls, f) tailored lighting controls - general lighting controlled separately from display, ornamental and display case lighting and g) demand responsive automatic controls for retail stores > 50,000 ft2, in accordance with Section 131. MANDATORY LIGHTING CONTROLS - FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Field Inspector Type/ Description Number of Units Location in Building Special Features Pass Fail o 0 0 o o 0 o o o 0 0 o o o o o 0 0 o 0 0 o 0 0 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o 0 0 0 0 .0 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 o o o o o o SPECIAL FEATURES INSPECTION CHECKLIST (See Page 2 of 4 of LTG-1C) The local enforcement agency should pay special attention to the items specified in this checklist. These items require special written justification and documentation, and special verification. The local enforcement agency determines the adequacy of the justification, and may reject a building or design that otherwise complies based on the adequacy of the special justification and documentation submitted. Field Inspector's Notes or Discrepancies: EnergyPro 5.1 by EnergySoft User Number; 3429 RunCode: 2010-11-05T08:46:30 ID: Page 10 of 21 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE (Part 3 of 3) LTG-1C Project Name Date Verizon Wireless - Yarrow 11/5/2010 CONDITIONED AND UNCONDITIONED SPACE LIGHTING MUST NOT BE COMBINED FOR COMPLIANCE Indoor Lighting Power for Conditioned Spaces Indoor Lighting Power for Unconditioned Spaces Watts Watts Installed Lighting 248 Installed Lighting o (from Conditioned LTG-1C, Page 2) (from Unconditioned LTG-1C, Page 2) Lighting Control Credit - o Lighting Control Credit - o Conditioned Spaces (from LTG-2C) Unconditioned Spaces (from LTG-2C) Adjusted Installed = 248 Adjusted Installed = Lighting Power Lighting Power Complies if Installed :5 Allowed Complies if Installed :5 Allowed Allowed Lighting Power Allowed Lighting Power Conditioned Spaces (from LTG-3C or PERF-1) 248 Unconditioned Spaces (from LTG-3C) Required Acceptance Tests Designer: This form is to be used by the designer and attached to the plans. Listed below is the acceptance test for the Lighting system, LTG-2A and LTG-3A. The designer is required to check the acceptance tests and list all control devices serving the building or space shall be certified as meeting the Acceptance Requirements for Code Compliance. If all the lighting system or control of a certain type requires a test, list the different lighting and the number of systems. The NA7 Section in the Appendix of the Nonresidential Reference Appendices Manual describes the test. Since this form will be part of the plans, completion of this section will allow the responsible party to budget for the scope of work appropriately. Forms can be grouped by type of Luminaire controlled. Enforcement Agency: Systems Acceptance. Before Occupancy Permit is granted for a newly constructed building or space or when ever new lighting system with controls is installed in the building or space shall be certified as meeting the Acceptance Requirements. The LTG-2A and LTG-3A forms are not considered complete forms and are not to be accepted by the enforcement agency unless the boxes are checked and/or filled and signed. In addition, a Certificate of Acceptance forms shall be submitted to the enforcement agency that certifies plans, specifications, installation certificates, and operating and maintenance information meet the requirements of §10-103(b) of Title 24 Part 6. The field inspector must receive the properly filled out and signed forms before the building can receive final occupancy. A copy of the LTG-2A and LTG-3A for each different lighting luminaire control(s) must be provided to the owner of the building for their records. Controls for Credits LTG-2A and LTG-3A Controls and Sensors and Number of Automatic Luminaire Daylighting Controls Equipment Requiring Testing Description controls Location Acceptance 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 EnergyPro 5.1 by EnergySofi User Number: 3429 RunCode: 2010-11-05T08:46:30 ID: Page 11 of 21 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE and (Part 1 of 4) MECH-1C FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Project Name Verizon Wireless - Yarrow Date 11/5/2010 Project Address 2192 Palomar Airport Road Carlsbad Climate Zone 7 Total Cond. Floor Area 243 Addition Floor Area n/a GENERAL INFORMATION Building Type: 0 Nonresidential 0 High-Rise Residential 0 Hotel/Motel Guest Room 0 Schools (Public School) 0 Relocatable Public School Bldg. 0 Conditioned Spaces Unconditioned Spaces Phase of Construction: 0 New Construction 0 Addition 0 Alteration Approach of Compliance: 0 Component 11 Overall Envelope TDV 0 Unconditioned (file affidavit) Energy Front Orientation: N, E, 5, W or in Degrees: 1 o deg HVAC SYSTEM DETAILS FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Equipment2 Inspection Criteria Meets Criteria or Requirements Pass Fail - Describe Reason Item or System Tags (i.e. AC-1, RTU-1, HP-1) CU-1 Equipment Type 3: Split DX 0 0 Number of Systems 1 0 0 Max Allowed Heating Capacity' 0 Btu/hr 0 0 Minimum Heating Efficiency' n/a 0 0 Max Allowed Cooling Capacity' 58,600 Btu/hr 0 0 Cooling Efficiency' 13.0 SEER / 11.0 EER 0 0 Duct Location/ R-Value n/a 0 0 When duct testing is required, submit MECH-4A & MECH-4-HERS No o o Economizer No Economizer 0 0 Thermostat Setback Required 0 0 Fan Control Constant Volume 0 0 Equipment2 Inspection Criteria FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Pass Fail - Describe Reason Item or System Tags (i.e. AC-1, RTU-1, HP-1) o o Equipment Type 3: 0 0 Number of Systems 0 0 Max Allowed Heating Capacity' 0 0 Minimum Heating Efficiency' 0 0 Max Allowed Cooling Capacity' 0 0 Cooling Efficiency' 0 0 Duct Location/ R-Value 0 0 When duct testing is required, submit MECH-4A & MECH-4-HERS o o Economizer 0 0 Thermostat 0 0 Fan Control 0 0 If the Actual installed equipment performance efficiency and capacity is less than the Proposed (from the energy compliance submittal or from the building plans) the responsible party shall resubmit energy compliance to include the new changes. For additional detailed discrepancy use Page 2 of the Inspection Checklist Form. Compliance fails if a Fail box is checked. Indicate Equipment Type: Gas (Pkg or, Split), VAV, HP (Pkg or split), Hydronic, PTAC, or other. EnergyPro 5.1 by EnergySoft User Number: 3429 RunCode: 2010-11-05T08:46:30 ID: Page 12 of 21 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE and (Part 2 of 4) MECH-1 C FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST Project Name . Date Verizon Wireless - Yarrow 11/5/2010 Discrepancies: I EnergyPro 5.1 by EnergySoft User Number: 3429 RunCode: 2010-11-05T08:46:30 ID: Paqe 13 of 21 1 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE and FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST (Part 3 of 4) MECH-1 C Project Name Date Verizon Wireless- Yarrow 11/5/2010 Required Acceptance Tests Designer: This form is to be used by the designer and attached to the plans. Listed below are all the acceptance tests for mechanical systems. The designer is required to check the applicable boxes by all acceptance tests that apply and listed all equipment that requires an acceptance test. If all equipment of a certain type requires a test, list the equipment description and the number of systems. The NA number designates the Section in the Appendix of the Nonresidential Reference Appendices Manual that describes the test. Since this form will be part of the plans, completion of this section will allow the responsible party to budget for the scope of work appropriately. Building Departments: Systems Acceptance: Before occupancy permit is granted for a newly constructed building or space, or a new space-conditioning system serving a building or space is operated for normal use, all control devices serving the building or space shall be certified as meeting the Acceptance Requirements for Code Compliance. Systems Acceptance: Before occupancy permit is granted. All newly installed HVAC equipment must be tested using the Acceptance Requirements. The MECH-1 C form is not considered a completed form and is not to be accepted by the building department unless the correct boxes are checked. The equipment requiring testing, person performing the test (Example: HVAC installer, TAB contractor, controls contractor, PE in charge of project) and what Acceptance test must be conducted. The following checked-off forms are required for ALL newly installed equipment. In addition a Certificate of Acceptance forms shall be submitted to the building department that certifies plans, specifications, installation, certificates, and operating and maintenance information meet the requirements of §10-103(b) and Title-24 Part 6. The building inspector must receive the properly filled out and signed forms before the building can receive final occupancy. TEST DESCRIPTION MECH-2A MECH-3A MECH-4A MECH-5A MECH-6A MECH-7A MECH-8A MECH-9A MECH-10A MECH-11A Hydronic Outdoor Constant Demand Supply System Automatic Ventilation Volume & Air Control Supply Valve Water Variable Demand For Single-Zone Distribution Economizer Ventilation Fan Leakage Temp. Flow Shed Equipment Requiring Testing or Verification Qty. VAV & CAV Unitary Ducts Controls DCV VAV Test Reset Control Control Carrier 38HDR060 0IZI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o o o o o 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o o o o o o o o o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o o o o o 0 0 0 0 o o o o o o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o o o o o 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 EnergyPro 5.1 by EnergySoft User Number: 3429 RunCode: 2010-11-05T08:46:30 ID. Page 14 of 21 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE and FIELD INSPECTION ENERGY CHECKLIST (Part 4 of 4) MECH-1 C Project Name Verizon Wireless - Yarrow Date 11/5/2010 TEST DESCRIPTION MECH-12A MECH-13A MECH-14A MECH-15A Equipment Requiring Testing _qy. Fault Detection & Diagnostics for DX Units Automatic Fault Detection & Diagnostics for Air & Zone Distributed Energy Storage DX AC Systems Thermal Energy Storage (TES) Systems Test Performed By: Carrier 38H0R060 1 0 0 0 o 0 0 o o 0 o o o 0 0 o 0 0 o o 0 0 o o o o 0 0 0 0 o o o o o 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 o o 0 0 o 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o o o 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 EriergyPro 5.1 by EnergySoft User Number: 3429 RunCode: 2010-11-05T08:46:30 ID: Page 15 of 21 AIR SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS (Part 1 of 2) MECH-2C Project Name Date Verizon Wireless - Yarrow 11/5/2010 Indicate Air Systems Type (Central, Single Zone, Package, VAV, or etc...) Item or System Tags (i.e. AC-1, RTU-1, HP-1) CU-1 Number of Systems Indicate Page Reference on Plans or Schedule and indicate the applicable exception(s) MANDATORY MEASURES T-24 Sections Heating Equipment Efficiency 112(a) Cooling Equipment Efficiency 112(a) 13.0 SEER! 11.0 EER HVAC Heat Pump Thermostat 112(b), 112(c) n/a Furnace Controls/Thermostat 112(c), 115(a) n/a Natural Ventilation 121(b) Yes Mechanical Ventilation 121(b) 36 cfm VAV Minimum Position Control 121(c) No Demand Control Ventilation 121(c) No Time Control 122(e) Programmable Switch Setback and Setup Control 122(e) Setback Required Outdoor Damper Control 122(f) Auto Isolation Zones , 122(g) Pipe Insulation 123 Duct Location/ R-value 124 n/a PRESCRIPTIVE MEASURES Calculated Design Heating Load 144(a & b) n/a Proposed Heating Capacity 144(a & b) 0 Btu/hr Calculated Design Cooling Load 144(a & b) n,'a Proposed Cooling Capacity 144(a & b) 55,917 Btu/hr Fan Control 144(c) Constant Volume DP Sensor Location 144(c) Supply Pressure Reset (DDC only) 144(c) Simultaneous Heat/Cool 144(d) No Economizer 144(e) No Economizer Heat Air Supply Reset 144(f) Constant Temp Cool Air Supply Reset 144(f) Constant Temp Electric Resistance Heating' 144(g) Air Cooled Chiller Limitation 144(i) Duct Leakage Sealing. If Yes, a MECH-4-A must be submitted 144(k) No 1. Total installed capacity (MBtu/hr) of all electric heat on this project exclusive of electric auxiliary heat for heat pumps. If electric heat is used explain which exception(s) to §144(g) apply. EnergyPro 5.1 by EnergySoft User Number: 3429 RunCode: 2010-11-05T08:46:30 ID: Page 16 of 21 MECHANICAL VENTILATION AND REHEAT MECH-3C Project Name Verizon Wireless- Yarrow Date 11/5/2010 MECHANICAL VENTILATION (121(b)2) REHEAT LIMITATION (144(d)) AREA BASIS OCCUPANCY BASIS VAV MINIMUM A B C D E F G H I J K L M N Zone/System Condition Area (ft) CFM per ft2 Mm CFM By Area B X C Number Of People CFM per Person Min CFM by Occupant E X F REQ'D V.A. Max of D or G Design Ventilation Air CFM 50% of Design Zone Supply CFM B X 0.4 CFM / ft2 Max. of Columns H, J, K, 300 CFM Design Minimum Air Setpoint Transfer Air Equipment Room 243 0.15 36 36 36 CU-1 Total 36 36 Totals Column I Total Design Ventilation Air C Minimum ventilation rate per Section §121, Table 121-A. E Based on fixed seat or the greater of the expected number of occupants and 50% of the CBC occupant load for egress purposes for spaces without fixed seating. H Required Ventilation Air (REQ'D V.A.) is the larger of the ventilation rates calculated on an AREA BASIS or OCCUPANCY BASIS (Column D or G). Must be greater than or equal to H, or use Transfer Air (column N) to make up the difference. Design fan supply CFM (Fan CFM) x 50%; or the design zone outdoor airflow rate per §121. K Condition area (ft) x 0.4 CFM / ft2; or L Maximum of Columns H, J, K, or 300 CFM M This must be less than or equal to Column L and greater than or equal to the sum of Columns H plus N. N Transfer Air must be provided where the Required Ventilation Air (Column H) is greater than the Design Minimum Air (Column M). Where required, transfer air must be greater than or equal to the difference between the Required Ventilation Air (Column H) and the Design Minimum Air (Column M), Column H minus M. EnergyPro 5.1 by EnergySoft User Number: 3429 RunCode: 2010-11-05T08:46:30 ID: Page 17 of 21 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DETAILS (Part 1 of 2) MECH-5C Project Name Verizon Wireless- Yarrow Date 11/5/2010 CHILLER AND TOWER SUMMARY PUMPS Equipment Name Type Oty. Efficiency Tons Qty. GPM BHP Premium Eff. Motor Pump Control 0 0 0 DHW / BOILER SUMMARY System Name Type Distribution Qty. Rated Input Vol. (Gals). Energy Factor or RE Standby Loss or Pilot Tank Ext. R-Value Status MULTI-FAMILY CENTRAL WATER HEATING DETAILS Hot Water Pump Hot Water Piping Length (ft) Control Qty. HP Type In Plenum Outside I Buried Add ½" Insulation 0 0 0 CENTRAL SYSTEM RATINGS HEATING COOLING System Name Type City. Output Aux. kW Efficiency Output Efficiency Status Carrier 38H0R060 Split DX 1 0.0 n/a 58,600 13.0 SEER / 11.0 EER New CENTRAL SYSTEM FAN SUMMARY SUPPLY FAN RETURN FAN System Name Fan Type Economizer Type CFM BHP Premium Eff. Motor CFM BHP Premium Eff. Motor Carrier 38H0R060 Constant Volume No Economizer 1,965 0.75 0 none 0 o o o o o o o 0 o o o o EnergyPro 5.1 by EnergySoft User Number: 3429 RunCode: 2010-11-05T08:46:30 ID: Page 18 of 21 ENVELOPE MANDATORY MEASURES: NONRESIDENTIAL ENV-MM Project Name Verizon Wireless - Yarrow Date 11/5/2010 DESCRIPTION Building Envelope Measures: 1 18'a' Installed insulating material shall have been certified by the manufacturer to comply with the California Quality a Standards for insulating material, Title 20 Chapter 4, Article 3. 118'c' All Insulating Materials shall be installed in compliance with the flame spread rating and smoke density requirements of a Sections 2602 and 707 of Title 24, Part 2. The opaque portions of framed demising walls in nonresidential buildings shall have insulation with an installed R-value a of no less than R-13 between framing members. R117(a\. All Exterior Joints and openings in the building that are observable sources of air leakage shall be caulked, gasketed, a weatherstripped or otherwise sealed. Manufactured fenestration products and exterior doors shall have air infiltration rates not exceeding 0.3 cf rn/ft.2 of §116(a) 1: window area, 0.3 cfm/ft.2 of door area for residential doors, 0.3 cfm/ft.2 of door area for nonresidential single doors (swinging and sliding), and 1.0 cfm/ft.2 for nonresidential double doors (swinging). §116(a) 2: Fenestration U-factor shall be rated in accordance with NFRC 100, or the applicable default U-factor. 16' 3 Fenestration SHGC shall be rated in accordance with NFRC 200, or NFRC 100 for site-built fenestration, or the a a, . applicable default SHGC. §1 16(b): 'Site Constructed Doors, Windows and Skylights shall be caulked between the unit and the building, and shall be weatherstripped (except for unframed glass doors and fire doors). EnergyPro 5.1 by EnergySoft User Number: 3429 RunCode: 2010-11-05T08:46:30 ID: Page 19 of 21 LIGHTING MANDATORY MEASURES: NONRESIDENTIAL LTG-MM Project Name Date Verizon Wireless - Yarrow 11/5/2010 Indoor Lighting Measures: §131(d): Shut-off Controls For every floor, all interior lighting systems shall be equipped with a separate automatic control to shut off the lighting. 1. This automatic control shall meet the requirements of Section 119 and may be an occupancy sensor, automatic time switch, or other device capable of automatically shutting off the lighting. 2 Override for Building Lighting Shut-off: The automatic building shut-off system is provided with a manual, accessible override switch in sight of the lights. The area of override is not to exceed 5,000 square feet. 191h Automatic Control Devices Certified: All automatic control devices specified are certified, all alternate equipment shall a ' be certified and installed as directed by the manufacturer. a 11 Fluorescent Ballast and Luminaires Certified: All fluorescent fixtures specified for the project are certified and listed in the Directory. All installed fixtures shall be certified. §131(a): Individual Room/Area Controls: Each room and area in this building is equipped with a separate switch or occupancy sensor device for each area with floor-to-ceiling walls. Uniform Reduction for Individual Rooms: All rooms and areas greater than 100 square feet and more than 0.8 watts §131(b): per square foot of lighting load shall be controlled with bi-level switching for uniform reduction of lighting within the room. Daylight Area Control: All rooms with windows and skylights that are greater than 250 square feet and that allow for R1311 . a xc,. the effective use of daylight in the area shall have 50% of the lamps in each daylit area controlled by a separate switch; or the effective use of daylight cannot be accomplished because the windows are continuously shaded by a building on the adjacent lot. Diagram of shading during different times of the year is included on plans. §131(c): Display Lighting. Display lighting shall be separately switched on circuits that are 20 amps orless.6. Outdoor Lighting Measures: §130(c)1: Mandatory lighting power determination for medium base sockets without permanently installed ballasts R132(a\ . All permanently installed luminaires with lamps rated over 100 Watts either have aiamp efficacy of at least 60 lumens a ' per Watt or are controlled by a motion sensor. 132b' All Luminaires with lamps rated greater than 175 Watts in hardscape area, including parking lots, building entrances, a ' canopies, and all outdoor sales areas meet the Cutoff Requirements. §132(c)1: All permanently installed outdoor lighting meets the control requirements listed. 132'c) Building facades, parking lots, garages, canopies, and outdoor sales areas meet the Multi-Level Lighting Requirements listed. EnergyPro 5.1 by EnergySoft User Number; 3429 RunCode: 2010-11-05T08:46:30 ID: Page 20 of 21 MECHANICAL MANDATORY MEASURES: NONRESIDENTIAL MECH-MM Project Name Date Verizon Wireless - Yarrow 11/5/2010 Equipment and System Efficiencies Any appliance for which there is a California standard established in the Appliance Efficiency Regulations will comply with the applicable standard. §115(a): Fan type central furnaces shall not have a pilot light. 123 Piping, except that conveying fluids at temperatures between 60 and 105 degrees Fahrenheit, or within HVAC equipment, shall be insulated in accordance with Standards Section 123. 124• Air handling duct systems shall be installed and insulated in compliance with Sections 601, 602, 603, 604, and 605 of • the CMC Standards. Controls §122(e): Each space conditioning system shall be installed with one of the following: 1A. Each space conditioning system serving building types such as offices and manufacturing facilities (and all others not explicitly exempt from the requirements of Section 112 (d)) shall be installed with an automatic time switch with an accessible manual override that allows operation of the system during off-hours for up to 4 hours. The time switch shall be capable of programming different schedules for weekdays and weekends and have program backup capabilities that prevent the loss of the device's program and time setting for at least 10 hours if power is interrupted; or An occupancy sensor to control the operating period of the system; or A 4-hour timer that can be manually operated to control the operating period of the system. 2 Each space conditioning system shall be installed with controls that temporarily restart and temporarily operate the system as required to maintain a setback heating and/or a setup cooling thermostat setpoint. Each space conditioning system serving multiple zones with a combined conditioned floor area more than 25,000 122' g,. square feet shall be provided with isolation zones. Each zone: shall not exceed 25,000 square feet; shall be provided with isolation devices, such as valves or dampers that allow the supply of heating or cooling to be setback or shut off independently of other isolation areas; and shall be controlled by a time control device as described above. 122'c' Thermostats shall have numeric setpoints in degrees Fahrenheit (F) and adjustable setpoint stops accessible only to a ' authorized personnel. §122(b):Heat pumps shall be installed with controls to prevent electric resistance supplementary heater operation when the heating load can be met by the heat pump alone Each space conditioning system shall be controlled by an individual thermostat that responds to temperature within the zone. Where used to control heating, the control shall be adjustable down to 55 degrees F or lower. For cooling, the §122(a&b): control shall be adjustable up to 85 degrees F or higher. Where used for both heating and cooling, the control shall be capable of providing a deadband of at least 5 degrees F within which the supply of heating and cooling is shut off or reduced to a minimum. Ventilation p121 'e' a Controls shall be provided to allow outside air dampers or devices to be operated at the ventilation rates as specified on these plans. 122'f' a 1 All gravity ventilating systems shall be provided with automatic or readily accessible manually operated dampers in all openings to the outside, except for combustion air openings. Ventilation System Acceptance. Before an occupancy permit is granted for a newly constructed building or space, or a §121(f): new ventilating system serving a building or space is operated for normal use, all ventilation systems serving the building or space shall be certified as meeting the Acceptance Requirements for Code Compliance Service Water Heating Systems §113(c) Installation 3. Temperature controls for public lavatories. The controls shall limit the outlet Temperature to 110° F. 2 Circulating service water-heating systems shall have a control capable of automatically turning off the circulating pump when hot water is not required. EnergyPro 5.1 by EnergySoft User Number: 3429 RunCode: 2010-11-05T08:46:30 ID: Page 21 of 21 I SI Units English Units 1 Height 320.0 mm 12.60 inches Width 125.0 mm 4.92 inches L Length 560.0 mm 22.05 inches Weight 59.1 kilograms 131.2 pounds Terminal Torque 8.0 Newton-meters 71 inch-pounds Northstar Battery Companyls proud to be registóred to : tSO-9001:2000 and 150-14001 standards. I NSU+11U+FT S Specifically designed for mission-critical applications. Excels at high-rate discharge and recharge, extreme temperature range, deep or shallow cyclic applications. High cyclic life capability +500 C/3 @ 80% DOD. 10 year float life at 25°C (77°F) - 15 year float life at 20°C (681F). Flame retardant (UL 94 VO) PC-ABS plastic case and cover. 3 step terminal seal design to ensure leak-free operation. Female M8 brass terminals provide maximum high rate performance and no annual retightening. Integral handles ensure ease of handling. Approved as non-hazardous cargo for ground, sea and air transportation. ... .- Refer to the NSB detailed oeriormancé tables for additional current. caoacitv and oower information. Int'n! Standards @ 20°C NA Standards @ 77°F - 8 hour capacity to 1.75 VPC 168.1 amp-hours 170.8 amp-hours 10 hour capacity to 1.80 VPC 170 amp-hours 172.4 amp-hours Float voltage 2.29 +/-.02 volts per cell 2.27 +1- .02 volts per cell Cyclic Recharge 2.45 VPC - no current limit Shelf life 2 years Impedance (1KHz) 1.5 mQ Short Circuit Current 5,000 Amps Voltage 12 Volts ALL NORTHSTAR PRODUCTS ARE COMPLIANT WITH. + Telcordia SR4228 + Bellcore GR-63-Core, Issue 1 + DOT 49CFR173.159(d) (I) and (ii) + UL Approval + British and German telecom standards Form: SES-542-06 Issued: 05/05/04 ECO: 343-SO4 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET LEAD ACID BA TTER V NORTHSTA R -r -r C fl V C" P ." Springfield. Missouri PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION: Chemical/Trade Name (per on label) Chemical Family/Classification: Manufacturer's Name & Address: Contact Lead Acid Battery Electrical Storage Battery NorthStar Battery Co. LLC 4000 Continental Way Springfield, MO 65803 U.S. - NSB Safety and Health Department Phone: (417) 575-8219 Fax: (417) 575-8250 Aust. NorthStar Battery Pty Ltd Phone: 02 9888 1998 Emergency Information: Chemtrec (US, Canada & Mexico) Phone: (800) 424-9300 Chemtrec (Outside US, Canada & Mexico) Phone: +1(703) 527-3887 (call collect) Non-Hazardous Classification Per US DOT, Northstar Battery Company products, submitted and tested by Wyle Labs, have been deemed to meet all requirements as specified in 49CFR 173.159 (d) for exception as hazardous material classification. HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS/IDENTITY INFORMATION: NORTH AMERICAN INFORMATION: Air Exposure Limits (ug/m) Materials pprox CAS Number OSHA AGGIH (TLV) NIOSH Lead 50 7439-92-1 50 150 100 Lead Oxide 20 1309-60-0 50 150 100 ElectrolyteT(SUlfuric'Acid) 1.400 sg I L17-' 1 7664-93-9 1 1 1 Please refereniAendix I (SES-544-16) for detailed product data. AUSTRALIAN INFORMATION Chemical or Material Australian Dangerous Goods Hazardous Substance Australian Poison Schedule Classification Classification as per NOHSC Classification Australia Non-Spillable Exempt under A67 (NATA R34/R41 Schedule 6 Lead Acid Battery Identification Guide) and Clause 238 Agricultural, Domestic and Indusbial of the Australian Dangerous Goods Substances Code, Appendix 3 1 Note: Product contains toxic chemicals that are subject to the reporting requirements of Section 302 and 313 of the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986. Date: 08-24-06 DCR: 999-S06 ISO Clause: 4.3.1 DCN: MSD-430-01-07 Page: 1 of 6 ) ) MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET It. ORTHSTAR LEAD ACID BATTERY Springfield, Missouri III. PHYSICAL DATA: Material is solid at normal temperatures. A. Electrolyte: Specific Gravity: 1.250 - 1.350 kg/dm3 Boiling Point: 110°C (230°F) % Volatiles By Weight: Not Applicable Solubility in Water: 100% Melting Point Lead: 327°C (621°F) Vapor Density Not Determined B. Appearance and Odor 1. Electrolyte is a clear liquid with an acidic odor. IV. HEALTH HAZARD INFORMATION: Under normal operating conditions, because the battery is 'non-spillable", the internal material will not be hazardous to your health. Only internally exposed material during production or case breakage or extreme heat (fire) may be hazardous to your health. A. Routes of Entry: Inhalation: Acid mist from formation process may cause respiratory irritation. Skin Contact: Acid may cause irritation, burns and/or ulceration. Skin Absorption Not a significant route of entry. Eye Contact: Acid may cause sever irritation, burns, cornea damage and/or blindness. Ingestion: Acid may cause irritation of mouth, throat, esophagus and stomach. B. Signs and Symptoms of Over Exposure: Acute Effects: Over exposure to lead may lead to loss of appetite, constipation, sleeplessness and fatigue. Over exposure to acid may lead to skin irritation, comeal damage of the eyes and upper respiratory system. Chronic Effects: Lead and its components may cause damage to kidneys and nervous system. Acid and its components may cause lung damage and pulmonary conditions. Potential to Cause Cancer: The International Agency for Research on Cancer has classified "strong inorganic acid mist containing sulfuric acid" as a Category 1 carcinogen, a substance that is carcinogenic to humans. This classification does not apply to liquid forms of sulfuric acid or sulfuric acid solutions contained within a battery. Inorganic acid mist is not generated under normal use of this product. Misuse of the product, such as overcharging, may however result in the generation of sulfuric acid mist. Date: 08-24-06 OCR: 999-S06 ISO Clause: 4.3.1 DCN: MSD-430-01-07 Page: 2 of 6 ) MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET NORTHSTA R LEAD ACID BATTERY Springfield, Missouri C. Emergency and First Aid Procedures: Inhalation: Remove from exposure, move to fresh air, and apply oxygen if breathing is difficult. Consult physician immediately. Skin: Wash with plenty of soap and water for at least 15 minutes. Remove any contaminated clothing. Consult physician if skin irritation appears. Eyes: Flush with plenty of water immediately for at least 15 minutes, lifting lower and upper eyelids occasionally. Consult a physician immediately. Ingestion: Do not induce vomiting. Give large quantities of water. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Consult a physician immediately. D. HANDLING AND STORAGE Safe Storage: Store in a cool, dry place in closed containers. Keep away from ignition sources and high temperatures. 1. Contact NorthStar Battery Company (417-575-8200) for shelf life information. Handling: Avoid skin or eye contact. Avoid breathing vapors. Do not use near sources of ignition V. CARCINOGENICITY: See section IV, Part B "Signs and Symptoms of Over Exposure" ) MEDICAL CONDITIONS AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE: See section IV, Part B "Signs and Symptoms of Over Exposure" VI. FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD DATA: Flash Point: Hydrogen = 259°C Auto ignition Temperature: Hydrogen = 580°C Extinguishing Media: Dry chemical, foam, CO2 Unusual Fire and Explosion Hazards: Hydrogen and oxygen gases are produced in the cells during normal battery operation (hydrogen is flammable and oxygen supports combustion). These gases enter the air through the vent caps. To avoid the chance of a fire or explosion, keep sparks and other sources of ignition away from the battery. E. Firefighting PPE: Full protective clothing and NIOSH-approved self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece VII. REACTIVITY DATA: Stability: Stable Conditions to Avoid: Sparks and other sources of ignition. Incompatibility: (materials to avoid) 1. Lead/lead compounds: Potassium, carbides, sulfides, peroxides, phosphorus, ) sulfur. Date: 08-24-06 DCR: 999-S06 ISO Clause: 4.3.1 DCN: MSD-430-01-07 Page: 3 of 6 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET NORTHSTAR A. T D C It Y '' .'t. LEAD ACID BA TTER Springfield, Missouri 2. Battery electrolyte (acid): Combustible materials, strong reducing agents, most metals, carbides, organic materials, chlorates, nitrates, picrates, and fulminates. D. Hazardous Decomposition Products: Lead/lead compounds: Oxides of lead and sulfur. Battery electrolyte (acid): Hydrogen, sulfur dioxide, and sulfur trioxide. E. Conditions to Avoid: High temperature. Battery electrolyte (acid) will react with water to produce heat. Can react with oxidizing or reducing agents. VIII. CONTROL MEASURES: Engineering Controls: Store lead/acid batteries with adequate ventilation. Room ventilation is required for batteries utilized for standby power generation. Never recharge batteries in an unventilated, enclosed space. Work Practices: Do not remove vent covers. Follow shipping and handling instructions which are ) applicable to the battery type. To avoid damage to terminals and seals, do not double- stack industrial batteries. Personal Protective Equipment: Respiratory Protection: None required under normal handling conditions. During battery formation (high-rate charge condition), acid mist can be generated which may cause respiratory irritation. Also, if acid spillage occurs in a confined space, exposure may occur. If irritation occurs, wear a respirator suitable for protection against acid mist. Eyes and Face: Chemical splash goggles are preferred. Also acceptable are "visor-gogs" or a chemical face shield worn over safety glasses. Hands, Arms, Body: Vinyl coated, VC, gauntlet type gloves with rough finish are preferred. Other Special Clothing and Equipment: Safety shoes are recommended when handling batteries. All footwear must meet requirements of ANSI Z41.1 -Rev. 1972. IX. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES: Not applicable under normal conditions. In case of damage resulting in breakage of the battery container, see VIII, Sec. C Personal Protective Equipment. ) Date: 08-24-06 DCR: 999-S06 ISO Clause: 4.3.1 DCN: MSD430-01-07 Page: 4 of 6 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET NORTHSTA R LEAD ACID BATTERY Springfield, Missouri X. PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE HANDLING AND USE: A. Hygiene Practices: Following contact with internal battery components, wash hands thoroughly before eating, drinking, or smoking. B. Respiratory Protection: Wear safety glasses. Do not permit flames or sparks in the vicinity of battery(s). If battery electrolyte (acid) comes in contact with clothing, discard clothing. C. Protective Measures: Remove combustible materials and all sources of ignition. Cover spills with soda ash (sodium carbonate) or quicklime (calcium oxide). Mix well. Make certain mixture is neutral, then collect residue and place in a drum or other suitable container. Dispose of as hazardous waste. Wear acid-resistant boots, chemical face shield, chemical splash goggles, and acid-resistant gloves. Do not release unneutralized acid. D. Waste Disposal Method (*): Battery electrolyte (acid): Neutralize as above for a spill, collect residue, and place in a drum or suitable container. Dispose of as hazardous waste. Do not flush lead contaminated acid to sewer. In case of accidental spill, utilize personal protective equipment, i.e., face shield, rubber apron, rubber safety shoes. Batteries: Send to lead smelter for reclamation following applicable Federal, State and local regulations. Product can be recycled along with automotive (SLI) lead acid batteries. Battery may be returned, shipping pre-paid, to the manufacturer or any distributor for recycling. See 1.0 for manufacturer's address or visit our web site www.northstarbattery.com. *In accordance to Local, State and Federal regulations and laws. E. Other Handling and Storage Precautions: None Required. XI. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION: Lead and its compounds can pose a threat if released to the environment. See Waste Disposal Method in Section X, Part D. Date: 08-24-06 OCR: 999-S06 ISO Clause: 4.3.1 DCN: MSD-430-01-07 Page: 5 of 6 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET LEAD ACID BA TTER Y NORTHSTA R rr r n v c ,. I' ..., Springfield. Missouri NFPA HAZARD RATING: SULFURIC ACID: Flammability (Red) = 0 Health (Blue) = 3 Reactivity (Yellow) = 1 DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION AND INTERNATIONAL SHIPPING REGULATIONS: Proper Shipping UN2800 - Battery, wet, non-spillable (electric storage) Name Batteries must be packed to protect against short circuits and firmly secured to skids or pallets. IATA Packaging instruction 806 Not restricted per special provision A67. Northstar Battery Company products, submitted and tested by Wyle Labs, have been deemed to US DOT meet all requirements as specified in 49CFR 173.159(d) for exception as hazardous material classification. Northstar Battery Company products, submitted and tested by Wyle Labs, have been deemed to IMDG meet all requirements as specified in special provision 238 for determination of "Non-Spillable' and are not subject to the provision of this Code. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: TLV Sulfuric Acid -Occupation Exposure Limit -AUSTRALIA TWA 1 mg/m3,JAN 1993 Lead - Occupation Exposure Limit - AUSTRALIA TWA 0.15 mg/m3, 2002 Date: 08-24-06 DCR: 999-S06 ISO Clause: 4.3.1 DCN: MSD-430-01-07 Page: 6 of 6 1 APPENDIX 1 NORTHSTAR NorthStar Battery Lead and Acid Weights per 12-Volt Module U. U- a, o '. - a-. tuo -,, a 4 4U). . -- -V,'• iu, -' -&uu ' 27 45 45 62 95 24 38 53 61 68 &1 99 10.5 7. fll 59 99 99 138 196 53 93 116 134 149 172 212 m _ 20 34 3.44763 1228 39 4550 60 7.4 7.8 05 09 0.9 1.2 t7 0.50.7 1.0 1.2 1.3 16 20 2( • '' 1.2 20 20 28 38 11 17 24 28 30 36 44 48 ----- 26 43 44 6284243752 61 67 80 9710.5 (16 11 1.1 15 21 0.6 09 1.3 15 17 20 24 26 thm 02 03 0.3 04 --------- 0.6 02 02 03 0.4 04 05 0.6 (17 - --- - - ?Io 7Io W/o 8'/o W/o W/o W/o WI0 8'/o WIo 8'Io WI0 89 149146197 0 - 7.2 ---- 98136156184 5 2 36 197 29 22 5 4 158 21.7 3)0 3(5 46 1 51.1 7 ;? 32 47 537510.43047 63 908410.1114136 ll 70 104 117 165 20 65 103 139 177 186 fl2 32 9 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 16.3 38 37 34 443 141 21.6 3)5 315 37 'fl4 51.9 2 Tc .Hi1 £0 0 0 780 O 31.0 '0 67.0 740 0 96.0 1140 130 I Date: 09-05-08 1 DCR: 1376-S08 I DCN: SES-544-16-07 I . Ro(L uW Base Series Fan Coil Sizes 1 1/2 5 Ton (018 Thru 060) Turn to the Expertf Product Data . - .-, -. AIR HANDLER TECHNOLOGY AT ITS FINEST The FY4A and FA4C direct-expansion fan coils are designed to cover a wide range of air handling requirements. They are compact and ready to fit where needed, in the basement, crawispacé, attic, utility room, or closet. The unique cabinet design of these fan coils -' meet new stringent regulations for cabinet air leakage, a requirement of 2% cabinet leakage rate when tested at 1.0 inches of static pressure. - The FY4A and FA4C units are shipped with a factory-installed hard-shutoff thermostatic expansion valve (TXV) metering device with an internal check valve for reverse flow bi-pass capability. All units come with solid state fan controls, 1-in, thick insulation with R-value of 4.2, super-quiet niultispeed motors, and fully-wettable coils. Units can accommodate factory- 'or field-installed heaters from 3to30kw. The FY4A design is a residential new construction (RNC) model I available for use with Puron®, the environmentally sound - refrigerant. It comes with or without factory-installed disconnects. , - It has a pre-painted (gray) galvanized insulated steel casing, ' 4 2-speed PSC motor in the 018 ttfrough 036 sizes, and 3-speed • PSC motors in the 042 though 060 sizes. ArmorCoat" provides a tin plating of the indoor coil's copper hairpins. This creates a barrier between the corrosion-causing elements and the coil. •- .- - The FA4C has all the same quality features as the FY4A, but is for use with R-22 refrigerant. - - . • • ,- • fi j•- , - S - - --A - '-S - 0 STANDARD FEATURES Grooved copper tubing Lanced sine-wave aluminum fin Fully-wettable coil High-impact thermoplastic condensate pan Primary and secondary drain connections with brass inserts Multipoise design for maximum versatility Unique cabinet design that meets new stringent regulations for air leakage. Meets requirements of a 2% cabinet leakage rate when tested at 1.0 inches of static pressure. Field-installed heater packages from 3-30 kW (fused, circuit breaker, or non-fused) Control board with built-in, replaceable 5-amp blade-type auto fuse 2-speed motor in 018 through 036 sizes 3-speed motor in 042 through 060 sizes Cooling controls Time-delay relay (TDR) H .Pre-painted galvanized steel cabinet (gray) High-density, super thick R-4.2 insulation Newly-improved filter rack area - filter door insulation added for an improved air seal Sweat connections Inspection plate for cleaning A-coil design HUD approved for manufactured housing 40-VA, 208/230v transformer All models listed with UL (U.S. and Canada) and ARl ADDITIONAL FEATURES FY4A Puron® refrigerant factory-installed thermostatic expansion valves (TXV) Factory-installed heaters available ArmorCoat'' coil protection available FA4C R-22 refrigerant factory-installed thermostatic expansion valves (TXV) 018-060 sizes available with or without factory-installed disconnect Factory-installed heaters available 2 MODEL NUMBER NOMENCLATURE 2 3 4 5 6 7-9 10-12 F A 4 C N F 018 000 Product Type Position Series Electrical Cabinet/ Capacity Heating Insulation Size F - Fan Coil A - Base R-22 4 - Multipoise C N - 208/230v, B - Modular 018 - 18,000 TOO - ArmorCoat" V - Base, Puron® Refrigerant 1ph-60Hz C - Factory 024 - 24,000 000 - No Heat Disconnects 030 - 30,000 005 - 5kW F - Single piece 036 - 36,000 008 - 8kW 042 - 42,000 010 - 10kW 048 - 48,000 015 - 15kW 060 - 60,000 50 9001:2000 Nron- s w C®US G5RE! Urdtmy *jrCodftin.,I UnItvy h.0p, CERTIFICATION APPLIES ONLY WHEN THE COMPLETE SYSTEM IS LISTED WITH ARI ekmarCoaf 3 10? VILW IF Till' I. SERIES DESIGNATION IS TICS 11TH POSITION OF -10 31 ______________ II. - lie- Of 01111 P100801 NUMBER 0 TIM - L 314. __•{ UNIT CONNECTION SIZES NOTE: ALL SI' TROLl FRONT FOR 5018100 ALTSRNATS SUCTION:SIT 510 IS. 50TH DL. 001 6030 Ill I, 5. STOAT 110.1 3137 .1 •.o. S COTS "COOL HER 038 Poron -Sf0' I.O.SWEAT ALTONIATS P0151 WIRING CABINET TIO'OST. HO OPPOSITE 5101 ROT NIGH TOOTHS UNITS ROLL A TTO.PI(CS C0EN0A: 3$' T UQUJOC 3f8' ID. SWEAT C NEW ED 042-000.7/0'IOSWEAT FOR LOT VOLTAGE CONTROL TIRING NIGHT $101 RETOOl 0001180 FIELD ¶iIR FRONT VIEW SHOWN WITH 'H' COIL DETAILS CONNECTION LOCATIONS FOR OPTION OR 80110. APPLICATIONS AIR I A COIL 11111 UNIT' IOUIO LINE rd 10010 LINE I 1 COINECTIOT 4/CONNSCTION I 3111 4 I H SUCTION LINE CONNECTION II to MODULAR OPENING I SLOPE COIL DETAILS ACCESS PANES 000115 tON I 111 I TI 13116' CONNECTION LOCATIONS SLOPE COILS RIGHT SIDE VIEW I 112 FOR EPFLOI 08 80800. DOW LOW 00 NOV10. LOFT APPLICATIONS RIGHT AP I PLICAOIONS N 'A COILS HFGOT APPLICATIONS DIMENSIONS -91 LE rr A05355 UNIT SIZE COIL A B C D E Ht J FY, FA TYPE in mm in mm in mm in - mm in mm in mm in mm 018 Slope 42-11/16 1084 14-5/16 364 12-7/16 316 12-5/16 313 10-7/16 265 - - 12 305 024,030 Slope 47-11/16 1211.5 17-5/8 448 15-3/4 400 15-5/8 397 15-3/8 391 - - 17 432 036 Slope 53-7/16 1357 21-1/8 537 19-1/4 489 19-1/8 486 19-3/16 487 - - 19 483 042 A 49-5/8 1260.5 21-1/8 537 19-1/4 489 19-1/8 486 15-3/8 391 - - - - 048 A 53-7/16 1357 21-1/8 537 19-1/4 1 489 1 19-1/8 486 19-1/2 495 - - - - 060 A 59-3/16 i 1503 1 24-11/16 1 627 1 22-3/4 1 577 1 22-11/16 1 576 1 25-1/4 1 642 34-1/16 1 685 - - I ippicsuie LI) FT1OUUIUI UFTIIS Wily. PRIMARY SECONDARY OR ..pflscz • PRIMARY ARAIR-, SCEOIJOARP ROSIN \ MOTES: I. CON00055TE PAN SWAIN CAPS NOT SHORN FOR CLARITY. SIOPF CON 1IRrLOMM IT YLACCSi' AIR N OIA TYP I T, 1 fE SECONDARY DRAIN 'SECONDARY DRAIN PRINURY DRAIN IT, ".J • A U,iM.INPLDSi.IAPLNCSiM , DOWNFLOW HORIZ. LEFT 54........4 IA PLACES); UPFLOW (FIELD CONVERTED) (AS SHIPPED) (AS SHIPPED) MORIOOASNI. MOUNT LOESTIONS . DIMPLES PROVIDER IA TOP PANEL. AIRFLOW 11 I4PLNCISI AND OMEN or CABINET. IN CABINET NOTSOA. HOLES PROVIDED AIRFLOW o Olir 1W. ISA DIM. MORIEONTNL HANGING HARDWARE TONE FIELD SUPPLIED. I I? PIACISI. LACEWI I i7 SECONDADY OVAl PRIMARY DRAIN PRIMARY DAME I T3VIN SECONDARY DRAIN R_II\ TTP. SlIM 116 T T T/N (0 Pt CEO HORIZ. LEFT UPFLOW (AS SHIPPED) (AS SHIPPED) F DRAIN ,-.PRIVAMP DRAIN - ll,.• SE1111111 DRAIN -3 IIN PRIMARY DRAIN___ E:: CNSI' I1 I SIr 11115 IU17111 111 PflCDTiL :. V 311M 1 TY DOWNFLO 1 13: HORIZ RIGHT II8 (FIELD CONVERTED) (FIELD CONVERTED) A-Coil. DIMENSIONS (CONT) A05356 UNIT SIZE FY, FA COIL TYPE _________________F G in mm in mm 018 Slope 18-1/8 460 18-5/8 473 024,030 Slope 23-1/8 587 23-5/8 600 036 Slope 26-15/16 684 27-1/2 699 042 A 23-7/16 593 23-1/8 587 048 A 27-1/4 692 26-15/16 684 060 A 1 32-15/16 837 32-5/8 829 \\11 EI 1 \JIj:ITIr i_L J_ [lIlA 001 HORIZ. RIGHT (FIELD CONVERTED) / PHYSICAL DATA FACTORY NOMINAL DIMENSIONS ODS CATALOG INSTALLED COOLING SHIPPING ORDERING NO. HEAT CAPACITY (kW) Height (BTUH) Width Depth WEIGHT FY4ANF018(T,0)00 - 18,000 42-11/16" 1084mm 14-5/16' 363mm 22-1/16" 560mm 1001b 45 kg FY4ANF018005 5 FY4ANF018008 8 FY4ANF024(T,0)00 - 24,000 47-11/16" 1211 mm 17-5/8" 447mm 22-1/16" 560mm 1171b 53 kg FY4ANF024005 5 FY4ANF024010 10 FY4ANF030(T,0)00 - 30,000 47-11/16" 1211 mm 17-5/8" 447mm 22-1/16" 560mm 1201b 54 kg FY4ANF030008 8 FY4ANF030010 10 FY4ANF036(T,0)00 - 36,000 53-7/16" 1357mm 21-1/8" 536mm 22-1/16" 560mm 1441b 65 kg FY4ANF036010 10 FY4ANF036015 15 FY4ANF042(T,0)00 - 42,000 49-5/8" 1260mm 21-1/8" 536mm 22-1/16" 560mm 1501b 68 kg FY4ANF042010 10 FY4ANF042015 15 FY4ANF048(T,0)00 - 48,000 53-7/16" 1357mm 21-1/8" 536mm 22-1/16" 560mm 1701b 77 kg FY4ANF048010 10 FY4ANF048015 15 FY4ANB060(T,0)00 - 60,000 59-3/16" 1503mm 24-11/16" 627mm 22-1/16" 560mm 1981b 90 kg FY4ANBO6001O 10 FY4ANBO60015 15 6th digit: B - Modular cabinet, C - Disconnect, F - Single piece cabinet 10th digit: 0 - Standard copper coil, T - ArmorCoat"' ODS CATALOG ORDERING NO. FACTORY INSTALLED HEAT NOMINAL COOLING CAPACITY DIMENSIONS SHIPPING WEIGHT Height (kW) Width Depth FA4CNF018000 - 18,000 42-11/16" 1084mm 14-5/16" 363mm 22-1/16" 560mm 1001b 45 kg FA4CNF018005 5 FA4CNCO18005 FA4CNF018008 8 FA4CNF024000 - 24,000 47-11/16" 1211 mm 17-5/8" 447mm 22-1/16" 560mm 1171b 53 kg FA4CNF024005 5 FA4CNCO24005 FA4CNF024010 10 FA4CNF030000 - 30,000 47-11/16" 1211 mm 17-5/8" 447mm 22-1/16" 560mm 1201b 54 kg FA4CNF030008 8 FA4CNC030008 FA4CNF030010 10 FA4CNF036000 - 36,000 53-7/16" 1357mm 21-1/8" 536mm 22-1/16" 560mm 1441b 65 kg FA4CNF036010 10 FA4CNCO36010 FA4CNF036015 15 FA4CNF042000 - 42,000 49-5/8" 1260mm 21-1/8" 536mm 22-1/16" 560mm 1501b 68 kg FA4CNF042010 10 FA4CNCO42010 FA4CNF042015 15 FA4CNF048000 - 48,000 53-7/16" 1357mm 21-1/8" 536mm 22-1/16" 560mm 1701b 77 kg FA4CNF048010 10 FA4CNCO48010 FA4CNF048015 15 FA4CNBO60000 - 60,000 59-3/16" 1503mm 24-11/16" 627mm 22-1/16" 560mm 1981b 90 kg FA4CNBO60010 10 FA4CNCO60010 FA4CNBO60015 15 btfl digit: B - Modular cabinet, C - Disconnect, F - Single piece cabinet SPECIFICATIONS MODEL FY4A 018 024 sic0 sic!; sT' 048 'Ms oIL Puron® Refrigerant Metering Device -- - -- TXV - factory installed hard—shutoff, bi—flow type for heat pump application XV Size 2 ton 3 ton 4 ton Rows/Fins Per In. . 3/14.5 Face Area (Sq. Ft.) 2.23 2.97 3.46 4.45 7.42 onfiguration ISlope A AN FM (Nominal) 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 2000 Motor Type PSC PSC PSC PSC PSC PSC PSC Motor Hp 1/6 1/4 1/4 1/3 1/2 3/4 3/4 ILTER* 21-1/2" / 546 mm X 13/330mm 16-3/8/417mm I 19-7/8/505mm 123-5/16" mm ABINET CONFIGURATION OPTIONS - 1—piece 1—piece 1—piece I 1—piece 1 1—piece I 1—piece I Modular Filter must be field—supplied for FY4A units. MODEL FA4C sfl: 024 sic!. sic!; 042 .W; 'Ms Metering Device TXV - factory installed hard—shutoff, bi—flow type for heat pump application )(V SIZE 3 ton 5 ton 6 ton 01L Rows/Fins Per In. 3/14.5 Face Area (Sq. Ft.) 2.23 1 2.97 3.46 4.45 I 5.93I 7.42 onfiguration Slope A AN FM (Nominal) 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 2000 Motor Type PSC PSC PSC PSC PSC PSC PSC MotorHp 1/6 1/4 1/4 1/3 1/2 3/4 3/4 ILTER* 21 —1/2" / 546 mm X 113 /330mm I 16-3/8 /417mm I 19-7/8/505mm 123-5/16"/585mm ABINET CONFIGURATION OPTIONS I 1—piece 1—piece I 1—piece I 1—piece 1 1—piece 1 1—piece Modular *Filter must be field—supplied for FA4C units. PERFORMANCE DATA AIRFLOW PERFORMANCE (CFM) MODEL & SIZE BLOWER SPEED TOTAL EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 FY4A,FA4C 018 High 816 795 753 690. 607 504 Low 633 620 588 538 468 380 FY4A,FA4C 024 High 1055 991 - 92777 860 754 793 686 724 614 Low 934 878 818 FY4A,FA4C 030 High 1070 1032 978 908 822 721 Low 910 888 849 791 715 621 FY4A,FA4C 036 High 1352 1316 1273 1223 1167 1103 Low 1137 1112 1081 1043 998 946 FY4A,FA4C 042 High 1720 1668 1602 1521 1421 1426 1338 1316 1239 Medium 1576 1540 1488 Low 1388 1367 1330 1278 1209 1124 FY4A,FA4C 048 High 1902 1824 1743 1659 1571 1479 Medium 1830 1763 1584 1690 1531 1611 1465 1527 1387 1436 1296 Low 1625 FY4A,FA4C 060 High 2128 2050 - 1965 1875 1778 1674 Medium _____________ 1959 1898 1829 1750 1663 1566 Low 1748 1709 1659 1 1598 __________ 1525 1442 - Shading - Airflow outside 450 cf rn/ton. NOTES: Airflow based upon dry coil at 230v with factory—approved filter and electric heater (2 element heater sizes 18 thru 36, 3 element heater sizes 42 thru 60). Airflow at 208 volts is approximately 10% lower. To avoid potential for condensate blowing Out of drain pan prior to making drain trap: Return static pressure must be less than 0.40 in. wc. Horizontal applications of 042 - 060 sizes must have supply static greater than 0.20 in. wc. Airflow above 400 cfm/ton on 048-060 size could result in condensate blowing off coil or splashing out of drain pan. PERFORMANCE DATA (cont) GROSS COOLING CAPACITIES (mbh) - PURON® REFRIGERANT INDOOR COIL SATURATED TEMPERATURE LEAVING EVAPORATOR (°F / °C)UNIT SIZE AIR 35/2 40/4 45/7 50/10 I 55/13 CFM EWB TC SHC BF TC SHC BF TC SHC BF TC SHC BF TC SHC BF 72/22 40 20 0.00 36 18 0.00 32 16 0.00 27 14 0.02 21 11 0.02 525 67/19 33 20 0.02 29 18 0.02 24 16 0.03 20 14 0.03 14 12 0.03 62/17 26 21 0.03 22 18 0.03 18 16 0.03 14 14 0.08 12 12 0.22 FY4A 72/22 44 22 0.00 40 20 0.00 35 17 0.01 30 15 0.02 24 13 0.03 ols 600 67/19 36 22 0.03 32 20 0.03 27 18 0.03 22 15 0.04 16 13 0.04 62/17 29 23 0.04 1 25 21 0.04 20 1 18 0.04 16 16 1 0.10 13 13 0.24 72/22 48 24 0.00 43 22 0.00 38 19 0.02 32 17 0.03 26 14 0.04 675 67/19 40 25 0.04 35 22 0.04 29 20 0.04 24 17 0.04 17 1 14 0.05 62/17 32 25 0.05 27 23 0.05 22 20 0.05 17 17 0.11 15 15 0.26 72/22 51 25 0.00 46 23 0.00 40 20 0.02 34 17 0.03 27 15 0.03 700 67/19 42 26 0.04 37 23 0.04 31 20 0.04 25 18 0.04 18 15 0.04 62/17 34 26 0.04 28 24 0.04 23 21 0.05 18 18 0.10 15 15 0.25 FY4A 72/22 56 28 0.00 51 25 0.00 44 22 0.03 37 19 0.04 30 16 0.05 024 800 67/19 46 29 0.05 40 26 0.05 34 1 23 0.05 27 20 0.05 20 17 0.06 62/17 37 29 0.06 1 31 26 0.06 25 23 0.06 1 20 20 0.13 17 17 0.27 72/22 61 30 0.00 55 27 0.01 48 24 0.04 40 21 0.05 32 18 0.06 900 67/19 50 31 0.06 44 28 0.06 37 25 0.06 29 21 0.06 21 18 0.07 62/17 40 32 0.07 34 29 0.07 27 25 0.07 22 22 0.15 18 18 0.29 72/22 61 30 0.01 55 27 0.00 48 24 0.02 41 21 0.03 33 18 0.03 875 67/19 50 31 0.04 44 28 0.04 37 25 0.04 30 21 0.04 22 18 0.05 62/17 41 32 0.04 34 29 0.04 28 25 1 0.05 22 22 0.11 18 18 0.25 FY4A 72/22 68 33 0.00 61 30 0.00 53 27 0.03 45 23 0.04 36 19 0.05 030 1000 67/19 56 34 0.05 49 31 0.05 41 27 0.05 33 24 0.05 24 20 0.06 62/17 45 35 0.06 1 38 32 0.06 30 28 0.06 24 24 0.13 20 20 0.27 72/22 73 36 0.00 66 33 0.02 58 29 0.04 48 25 0.05 39 21 0.06 1125 67/19 60 38 0.06 53 34 0.06 45 30 0.06 36 26 0.06 26 22 0.07 62/17 49 39 0.07 41 35 0.07 33 31 0.08 27 27 0.16 23 23 0.29 72/22 79 39 0.00 71 35 0.00 62 31 0.02 52 27 0.03 42 23 0.04 1050 67/19 65 40 0.04 57 36 0.04 48 32 1 0.04 38 28 0.04 28 23 0.05 62/17 52 41 0.05 44 37 0.05 36 33 0.05 28 28 0.11 24 24 0.26 FY4A 72/22 87 43 0.00 1 78 39 0.00 68 34 0.03 57 30 0.04 46 25 0.05 036 1200 67/19 72 44 0.05 63 40 0.05 53 35 0.06 42 31 0.06 31 26 0.06 62/17 58 46 0.06 49 41 0.06 39 36 0.07 31 31 0.14 26 26 0.28 72/22 95 47 0.00 85 42 0.02 74 37 0.05 62 32 0.06 50 28 0.06 1350 67/19 78 49 0.06 68 44 0.06 57 39 0.07 46 34 0.07 33 29 0.07 62 /17 63 50 0.07 53 45 1 0.07 43 40 1 0.08 35 35 0.16 29 29 0.30 72/22 93 46 0.00 83 41 0.00 73 37 0.01 62 32 0.03 49 27 0.03 1225 67/19 76 47 0.03 67 42 0.03 57 37 0.04 45 32 0.04 33 27 0.04 62/17 61 48 0.04 52 43 0.04 42 38 0.04 33 33 0.10 28 28 0.24 72/22 102 51 0.00 92 46 0.00 80 40 0.02 68 35 0.04 54 30 0.04 042 1400 67/19 84 52 0.04 74 47 0.04 62 42 0.05 50 36 0.05 36 31 0.05 62 /17 68 53 0.05 57 48 0.05 46 43 0.06 37 37 0.12 31 31 0.26 72/22 1 111 55 0.00 100 50 1 0.01 87 44 1 0.04 74 38 0.05 59 32 0.05 1575 67/19 1 92 57 0.05 80 51 0.06 68 46 0.06 54 40 0.06 39 34 0.06 62/17 74 59 0.06 62 53 0.06 50 47 0.07 41 41 0.14 34 34 0.28 72/22 109 54 0.00 98 49 0.00 86 43 0.00 73 37 0.02 58 31 0.02 1400 67/19 90 55 0.02 79 49 0.02 67 44 0.03 53 1 38 0.03 39 32 0.03 62/17 72 56 0.03 61 50 0.03 49 44 0.03 38 38 0.08 32 32 0.22 4A 72/22 121 60 0.00 109 54 0.00 95 48 0.01 81 41 0.02 65 35 0.03 048 1600 67/19 100 61 0.03 87 55 0.03 74 1 49 0.03 59 42 0.04 43 36 0.04 62 /17 80 63 0.04 68 56 0.04 55 50 0.04 43 43 0.10 36 36 0.24 72/22 132 65 0.00 119 59 0.00 104 52 0.02 88 45 0.03 70 38 0.04 1800 67/19 109 67 0.04 95 61 1 0.04 81 54 0.04 64 47 0.04 47 39 0.05 62/17 88 69 0.05 74 62 0.05 60 55 0.05 48 48 0.11 40 40 0.26 72/22 132 65 0.00 119 59 0.00 104 52 0.00 89 1 45 0.01 1 71 38 0.02 1600 67/19 108 67 0.02 95 60 0.02 81 53 0.02 65 46 0.02 48 39 0.02 62/17 87 68 0.02 74 61 0.02 60 54 0.03 47 47 0.06 39 39 0.21 FY4A 72/22 141 70 0.00 127 63 0.00 112 56 0.00 95 48 0.02 76 41 0.02 1750 67/19 116 0.02 102 64 0.02 42060 87 57 0.03 70 49 0.03 51 0.03 62/17 94 73 0.03 80 66 0.03 1 64 58 0.03 50 50 0.08 42 42 0.22 72/22 156 77 0.01 141 70 1 0.00 124 62 0.01 105 54 0.02 84 46 0.03 2000 67/19 129 80 0.03 113 72 0.03 96 64 0.03 77 55 0.04 57 47 0.04 62/17 104 82 0.04 88 73 0.04 71 65 0.0 4 i 57 1 57 1 0.10 1 48 48 0.24 ee uoies Totiowing jaoie. PERFORMANCE DATA (cont) GROSS COOLING CAPACITIES (mbh) - R-22 UNIT INDOOR COIL AIR 35/2 SATURATED TEMPERATURE LEAVING EVAPORATOR (F / °C) SIZE 40/4 45/7 50/10 1 55/13 CFM EWB TC SHC BF IC I SHC BF TC SHC BF TC SHC BF TC SHC BF 72/22 38 19 0.00 35 17 0.00 30 15 0.01 26 13 0.02 21 11 0.02 525 67/19 32 20 0.02 28 18 0.02 24 16 0.03 19 14 0.03 13 12 0.03 62/17 26 20 0.03 22 18 0.03 18 16 0.04 14 14 0.11 12 12 0.26 FA4C 72/22 42 21 0.00 38 19 0.00 33 17 0.02 28 15 0.02 23 13 0.03 018 600 67/19 35 22 0.03 30 20 0.03 26 18 0.03 21 15 0.03 15 13 0.04 62/17 28 22 0.04 1 24 20 0.04 19 18 0.05 16 16 0.13 13 13 0.28 72/22 45 22 0.00 41 20 0.02 36 18 0.03 30 16 0.03 24 14 0.04 675 67/19 37 24 0.04 33 21 0.04 28 19 0.04 22 17 0.04 16 14 0.05 62/17 30 25 0.05 26 22 0.05 21 20 0.06 17 17 0.15 14 14 0.30 72/22 49 24 0.00 44 22 0.00 38 19 0.02 32 17 0.03 26 14 0.03 700 67/19 40 25 0.04 35 23 0.04 30 20 0.04 23 17 0.04 16 14 0.05 62/17 32 26 0.04 27 23 0.04 22 21 0.05 18 18 0.14 15 15 0.29 FA4C 72/22 53 26 0.00 48 24 0.02 42 21 0.04 35 18 0.04 28 16 0.05 024 800 67/19 44 27 0.05 38 25 005 32 22 0.05 26 19 0.05 18 16 0.06 62/17 35 29 0.05 30 26 0.06 24 23 0.07 20 20 0.17 16 16 0.31 72/22 57 28 0.00 51 26 0.03 45 23 0.05 38 20 0.05 30 17 0.06 900 67/19 47 30 0.06 41 27 0.06 35 24 0.06 28 21 0.06 20 18 0.08 62/17 38 31 0.07 32 28 0.07 26 25 0.08 22 220.19 18 18 0.33 72/22 62 30 0.00 1 55 27 0.01 48 24 0.02 41 21 0.03 32 18 0.04 875 67/19 51 32 0.04 44 28 0.04 37 25 0.04 29 22 0.04 20 18 0.05 62/17 41 33 0.04 34 1 29 0.05 27 26 0.06 22 22 0.15 18 18 0.30 FA4C 72/22 67 33 0.00 60 30 0.02 52 27 0.04 44 23 0.04 35 20 0.05 030 1000 67/19 55 35 0.05 48 31 0.05 41 28 0.05 32 24 0.05 22 20 0.07 62/17 44 36 0.06 38 33 0.06 30 29 0.07 25 25 0.18 20 20 0.32 72/22 72 36 0.01 65 32 0.04 57 29 0.05 47 25 0.05 38 22 0.06 1125 67/19 60 38 0.06 52 34 0.06 44 30 1 0.06 35 1 27 0.07 24 22 0.08 62/17 48 39 0.07 1 41 36 0.07 33 32 0.09 27 27 0.20 23 1 23 0.34 72/22 72 36 0.00 65 32 1 0.01 57 29 0.03 48 25 0.03 38 21 0.04 1050 67/19 59 37 0.04 52 34 0.04 44 30 0.04 34 26 0.04 24 21 0.06 62/17 48 39 0.05 40 35 0.05 32 31 0.06 26 26 0.16 22 22 0.31 FA4C 72/22 79 39 0.00 71 35 0.03 62 31 0.04 52 27 0.05 41 23 0.05 036 1200 67/19 65 41 0.05 57 37 0.05 48 33 0.06 38 29 0.06 26 24 0.07 62/17 52 43 0.06 44 39 0.06 36 1 34 1 0.08 29 1 29 0.18 24 24 0.33 72/22 85 42 1 0.01 1 76 38 0.04 66 34 0.05 56 30 0.06 45 25 0.06 1350 67/19 70 45 0.06 61 40 0.06 51 36 0.07 41 31 0.07 29 26 0.09 62/17 56 46 0.07 48 42 0.07 39 38 0.09 32 32 0.20 27 27 0.34 72/22 85 42 0.00 77 38 0.01 67 34 0.02 57 30 0.03 46 25 0.03 1225 67/19 70 44 0.03 62 40 0.03 52 36 0.04 42 31 0.04 30 26 0.04 62 /17 1 57 46 0.04 48 42 0.04 39 37 0.05 32 32 0.14 27 27 0.28 FA4C 72/22 92 46 0.00 83 42 0.02 73 37 0.03 62 33 0.04 50 28 0.04 042 1400 67/19 76 48 1 0.04 1 67 44 0.04 57 39 0.05 46 35 0.05 1 33 29 0.06 62/17 62 51 0.05 53 46 0.05 43 41 0.06 36 36 0.16 30 30 0.30 72/22 99 49 0.01 89 45 0.03 79 40 0.04 67 36 0.05 53 30 0.05 1575 67/19 82 52 0.05 72 48 0.05 61 43 0.06 49 38 0.06 36 32 0.07 62/17 67 55 0.06 57 50 0.06 47 45 0.08 39 39 0.18 33 33 0.32 72/22 89 44 0.00 81 40 0.00 72 36 1 0.01 61 32 0.02 50 28 0.02 1400 67/19 74 47 0.02 66 43 0.02 56 38 0.03 46 34 0.03 34 29 0.03 62 /17 60 49 0.03 52 45 0.03 43 40 0.04 35 35 0.11 29 1 29 0.26 FA4C 72/22 96 48 0.00 87 44 0.01 78 40 0.02 67 35 0.03 54 30 0.03 048 1600 67/19 80 51 0.03 71 47 0.03 61 42 0.03 50 37 0.03 37 32 0.04 62/17 65 54 0.04 56 49 0.04 47 45 0.05 39 39 0.14 33 33 0.28 72/22 103 51 0.01 94 47 1 0.02 83 43 0.03 72 38 0.03 58 33 0.04 1800 67/19 86 55 0.04 76 51 0.04 66 46 0.04 53 41 0.04 40 36 0.05 62/17 70 59 0.04 60 54 0.05 50 49 0.06 43 1 43 0.16 36 36 0.29 72/22 118 58 0.00 107 53 0.00 94 48 0.01 81 42 0.01 66 36 0.01 1600 67/19 98 61 0.02 86 55 0.02 74 50 0.02 60 44 0.02 43 37 0.03 62/17 79 63 0.02 68 58 0.02 55 52 0.03 45 45 0.10 37 37 0.25 FA4C 72/22 125 62 0.00 113 56 0.00 100 51 0.01 86 45 0.02 69 38 0.02 060 1750 67/19 103 65 0.02 92 59 0.02 78 5 1 0.03 64 47 0.03 46 40 0.03 62/17 84 68 0.03 72 62 0.03 59 56 0.04 48 48 0.11 40 40 0.26 72/22 135 67 0.00 123 62 0.01 109 56 0.02 93 49 0.03 76 42 0.03 2000 67/19 113 71 0.03 100 65 0.03 85 59 0.03 69 52 0.03 51 45 0.04 62/17 92 75 0.04 79 69 0.04 65 62 0.05 54 1 54 0.13 45 45 1 0.27 bee NoxeS TOIIOWIfl9 tame. PERFORMANCE DATA (cont) NOTES: CFM - Cubic Ft. per Minute EWB - Entering Wet Bulb (°F) LWB - Leaving Wet Bulb (°F) TC - Gross Cooling Capacity 1000 Btuh SHC - Gross Sensible Capacity 1000 Btuh BF - Bypass Factor MBH - 1000 Btuh 1. Contact manufacturer for cooling capacities at conditions other than SHC CORRECTION FACTOR shown in table. Formulas: Leaving db = entering db -sensible heat cap. 1.09x CFM Leaving wb = wb corresponding to enthalpy of air leaving coil (h) hlwb = hewb -total capacity (Btuh) 4.5 x CFM where hewb = enthalpy of air entering coil. Direct interpolation is permissible. Do not extrapolate. SHC is based on 80°F db temperature of air entering coil. Below 80°F db, subtract (Correction Factor x CFM) from SHC. Above 80°F db, add (Correction Factor x CFM) to SHC. Bypass Factor = 0 indicates no psychometric solution. Use bypass factor of next lower EWB for approximation. Interpolation is permissible. Correction Factor = 1.09 x (1 - BF) x (db - 80) ENTERING AIR DRY-BULB TEMPERATURE (°F) BYPASS 79 78 77 76 75 Under 75 FACTOR 81 82 83 84 85 Over 85 Correction Factor 0.10 .098 1.96 2.94 3.92 4.91 Use 0.20 0.87 1.74 2.62 3.49 4.36 formula shown 0.30 0.76 1.53 2.29 3.05 1 3.82 below MINIMUM CFM AND MOTOR SPEED SELECTION FAN COIL SIZES HEATER kW FY, FA 3 5 8 9 10 15 18 20 24 30 018 525 525 525 - 600* - - - - - 024 700 700 700 - 700 775* - - - - 030 - 875 875 - 875 875 - 1060* - - 036 - 1050 970 970 970 920 - 1040 - - 042 - - 1225 1225 1225 1225 1225 1225 - - 048 - - 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 060 - - 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 *Indicates medium speed (blue). All other motor speeds at low tap. AIR DELIVERY PERFORMANCE CORRECTION COMPONENT PRESSURE DROP (in. wc) AT INDICATED AIRFLOW (DRY-TO-WET COIL) FY, FA CFM SIZE 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 018 0.034 0.049 0.063 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 024 0.016 0.027 0.038 0.049 0.059 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 030 -- -- -- 0.049 0.059 0.070 0.080 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 036 -- -- -- -- -- 0.055 0.064 0.073 0.081 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 042 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 0.049 0.056 0.063 0.070 -- -- -- -- -- 048 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 0.038 0.043 0.049 0.054 0.059 -- -- 060 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 0.027 0.031 0.035 0.039 0.043 FIELD-INSTALLED ACCESSORY FILTER STATIC PRESSURE DROP (in. wc) UNIT SIZE CFM FY, FA 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 018 0.020 0.044 0.075 - - - - - - 024, 030 - 0.022 0.048 0.072 0.100 - - - - 036, 042, 048 - - - 0.051 0.070 0.092 0.120 0.152 - 060 - - - - - - 0.086 0.105 0.130 ELECTRIC HEATER STATIC PRESSURE DROP (in. wc) 018 -036 042 -060 HEATER ELEMENTS kW EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE CORRECTION HEATER ELEMENTS kW EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE CORRECTION 0 0 +02 0 0 +04 1 3,5 +01 2 8,10 +02 2 8,10 0 3 9,15 0 3 9,15 -.02 4 20 -.02 4 20 -.04 6 18, 24, 30 -.10 The airflow performance data was developed using fan coils with 10-kW electric heaters (2 elements) in the 018 through 036 size units and 15-kW heaters (3 elements) in the 042 through 060 size units. For fan coils with heaters of a different number of elements, the external available static at a given CFM from the curve may be corrected by adding or subtracting available external static pressure as indicated above. 10 PERFORMANCE DATA (cont) ACCESSORY ELECTRIC HEATERS HEATER PART NO. kW @ 240V VOLTS! PH STAGES (kW OPERATING) INTERNAL CIRCUIT PROTECTION FAN COIL SIZE USED WITH HEATING CAP.** @ 230V KFCEH0401NO3 3 230/1 3 None 018-024 9,400 KFCEH0501N05 5 230/1 5 None 018-060 15,700 KFCEH0801N08 8 230/1 8 None 018-060 25,100 KFCEH0901N10 10 230/1 10 None 018-060 31,400 KFCEH3201F20 20 230/1 5,20 Fuset 030-060 62,800 KFCEH1601315 15 230/3 5,15 None 036-060 47,100 KFCEH2001318 18 230/3 6, 12, 18 None 042-060 56,500 KFCEH3401F24 24 230/3* 8, 16, 24 Fuse 048,060 78,300 KFCEH3501F30 30 230/3* 10, 20, 30 Fuse 048,060 94,100 KFCEH2401CO5 5 230/1 5 Circuit Breaker 018-060 15,700 KFCEH2501CO8 8 230/1 8 Circuit Breaker 018-060 25,100 KFCEH2601C10 10 230/1 10 Circuit Breaker 018-060 31,400 KFCEH3301C20 20 230/1 5,20 Circuit Breaker 030-060 62,800 KFCEH2901N09 9 230/it 3,9 None 036-060 28,200 KFCEH3001F15 15 230/1 5,15 Fuset 024-060 47,100 KFCEH31O1C15 1 15 230/1 -r---5115 Circuit Breaker 024-060 47,100 * Field convertible to 1 phase. t Field convertible to 3 phase. t Single point wiring kit required for these heaters in Canada. ** Blower motor heat not included. ESTIMATED SOUND POWER LEVEL (dBA) UNIT SIZE CONDITIONS OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY* FY, FA Ext Static Pressure 63 125 ~M 250 500 1000 2000 4000 018 600 0.25 64.7 60.7 56.7 53.7 51.7 49.7 45.7 024 800 0.25 66.0 62.0 58.0 55.0 53.0 51.0 47.0 030 1000 0.25 67.0 63.0 59.0 56.0 54.0 52.0 48.0 036 1200 0.25 67.8 63.8 59.8 56.8 54.8 52.8 48.8 042 1400 0.25 68.4 64.4 60.4 57.4 55.4 53.4 49.4 048 1600 0.25 69.0 65.0 61.0 58.0 56.0 54.0 50.0 060 2000 1 0.25 70.0 1 66.0 62.0 59.0 57.0 55.0 51.0 * Est. Sound power levels have been derived using the method described in the 1987 ASHRAE HVAC Systems & Applications Handbook, Chap. 52, p. 52.7. ELECTRICAL DATA FOR UNITS WITH FACTORY-INSTALLED HEATERS MODEL NO MTR HP MTR FLA HEAT PACK INSTALLED SINGLE CIRCUIT DUAL CIRCUIT HTR AMPS MCA MAX OVERCUR HTR AMPS MCA PROTECT MAX OVERCUR PROTECT HTR AMPS MCA MAX OVERCUR PROTECT L1/L2 L1/L2 L1/L2 L3/L4 L3/L4 L3/L4 FY4ANB060010 3/4 5.2 MKFCEH0901N10 36.2/40.0 51.8/56.5 50/60 - - - - - - FY4ANB060015 3/4 5.2 MKFCEH1501F15 54.2/59.9 74.3/81.4 aoiao 36.2/40.0 51.8/56.5 60/60 18.1/20.0 22.6/25.0 25/25 FV4ANF018005 1/6 1.8 MKFCEHO501N05 18.1/20.0 24.9/27.3 25/30 - - - - - - FV4ANF018008 1/6 1.8 MKFCEHO801N08 28.9/32.0 38.4/42.3 40/45 - - - - - - FV4ANF024005 1/4 1.8 MKFCEHO501N05 18.1/20.0 24.9/27.3 25/30 - - - - - - FY4ANF024010 1/4 1.8 MKFCEH0901N10 36.2/40.0 47.5/52.3 50/60 - - - - - - FY4ANF030008 1/4 1.5 MKFCEH0801N08 28.9/32.0 38.0/41.9 40/45 - - - - - - FY4ANF030010 1/4 1.5 MKFCEH0901NI0 36.2/40.0 47.1/51.9 50/60 - - - - - - FY4ANF036010 1/3 2.4 MKFCEH0901N10 36.2/40.0 48.3/53.0 50/60 - - - - - - FY4ANF036015 1/3 2.4 MKFCEH1501F15 54.2/59.9 70.8/77.9 80/80 36.2/40.0 48.3/53.0 50/60 18.1/20.0 22.6/25.0 25/25 FV4ANF042010 1/2 2.9 MKFCEH0901N10 36.2/40.0 48.9/53.6 50/60 - - - - - - FY4ANF042015 1/2 2.9 MKFCEH1501F15 54.2/59.9 71.4178.5 80/80 36.2/40.0 48.9/53.6 50/60 18.1/20.0 22.6/25.0 25/25 FY4ANF048010 3/4 4.3 MKFCEH0901N10 36.2/40.0 50.6/55.4 50/60 - - - - - - FV4ANF048015 3/4 4.3 MKFCEH1501F15 54.2/59.9 73.1/80.3 80/80 36.2/40.0 50.6/55.4 60/60 18.1/20.0 22.6/25.0 25/25 NOTE: ,AJl units 208/230, single-phase, 60 Hz MCA - Minimum Circuit Amps FLA - Full Load Amps on PERFORMANCE DATA (cont) ELECTRICAL DATA FOR UNITS WITH FACTORY-INSTALLED HEATERS (cont) MODEL NOHP MTR MTR FLA HEATPACK INSTALLED SINGLE CIRCUIT DUAL CIRCUIT HTR AMPS MCA MAX OVERCUR PROTECT AMPS 5 MCA MAX OVERCUR:R PROTECT MCA MAX OVERCUR PROTECT L1/L2 L1/L2 Li/L2 L3/L4 L3/L4 L3/L4 A4CNBO600I0 3/4 5.2 MKFCEH0901N10 36.2/40.0 51.8/56.5 50/60 - - - - - - A4CNBO60015 3/4 5.2 MKFCEH1501F15 54.2/59.9 74.3/81.4 80/80 36.2/40.0 51.8/56.5 60/60 18.1/20.0 22.6/25.0 25/25 A4CNC018005 1/6 1.8 MKFCEN0501N05 18.1/20.0 24.9/27.3 25/30 - - - - - - A4CNCO24005 1/4 1.8 MKFCEN0501N05 18.1/20.0 24.9/27.3 25/30 - - - - - - A4CNCO30008 1/4 1.5 MKFCER080IN08 28.9/32.0 38.0/41.9 40/45 - - - - - - A4CNC036010 1/3 2.4 MKFCEHO901N10 6.2/40.0 48.3/53.0 50/60 - - - - - - A4CNC042010 1/2 29 MKFCEHO9O1N1O 6.2/40.0 48.9/53.6 50/60 - - - - - - A4CNC048O10 3/4 43 MKFCEHO901N10 6.2/40.0 50.6/55.4 50/60 - - - - - - A4CNC060010 3/4 52 MKFCEHO901N10 6.2/40.0 51.8/56.5 50/60 - - - - - - FA4CNF018005 1/6 1.8 MKFCEH0501N05 18.1/20.0 24.9/27.3 25/30 - - - - - - FA4CNF018008 1/6 1.8 MKFCEHO8O1NO8 8.9/32.0 38.4/42.3 40/45 - - - - - - FA4CNF024005 1/4 1.8 MKFCEH0501N05 18.1/20.0 24.9/27.3 25/30 - - - - - - FA4CNF024010 1/4 1.8 MKFCEHO901N10 6.2/40.0 47.5/52.3 50/60 - - - - - - FA4CNF030008 1/4 1.5 MKFCEH0801N08 8.9/32.0 38.0/41.9 40/45 - - - - - - FA4CNF030010 1/4 1.5 MKFCEHO9O1N1O 6.2/40.0 47.1/51.9 50/60 - - - - - - FA4CNF036010 1/3 2.4 MKFCEHO9O1N1O 6.2/40.0 48.3/53.0 50/60 - - - - - - FA4CNF036015 1/3 2.4 MKFCEH1501F15 54.2/59.9 70.6/77.9 80/80 36.2/40.0 48.3/53.0 50/60 18.1/20.0 22.6/25.0 25/25 FA4CNF042010 1/2 2.9 MKFCEHO9O1N1O 36.2/40.0 48.9/53.6 50/60 - - - - - - FA4CNF042015 1/2 2.9 MKFCEH1501F15 54.2/59.9 71.4/78.5 80/80 36.2/40.0 48.9/53.6 50/60 18.1/20.0 22.6/25.0 25/25 FA4CNFO48O1O 3/4 4.3 MKFCEHO901N10 36.2/40.0 50.6/55.4 50/60 - - - - - - FA4CNF048015 3/4 4.3 MKFCEH1501F15 54.2/59.9 73.1/80.3 80/80 36.2/40.0 50.6/55.4 1 60/60 18.1/20.0 22.6/25.0 25/25 NOTh: Ail units 208/230, single—phase, 60Hz MCA - Minimum Circuit Amps FLA - Full Load Amps ELECTRICAL DATA FOR UNITS WITHOUT FACTORY-INSTALLED HEATERS MTR MTR MAX MIN WIRE MODEL NO HP FLA MCA OVERCUR SIZE AWG* PROTECT FY4ANB06OTO0 3/4 5.2 6.5 15 14 FV4AN 8060000 FY4ANFO18TO0 1/6 1.8 2.3 15 14 FY4ANFO18000 FY4ANF024TO0 1/4 1.8 2.3 15 14 FY4ANF024000 FV4ANF030TO0 1/4 1.5 1.9 15 14 FY4ANF030000 FY4ANF036TOO 1/3 2.4 3.0 15 14 FY4ANF036000 FY4ANF042TOO 1/2 2.9 3.6 15 14 FY4ANF042000 FY4ANF048TOO 3/4 4.3 5.4 15 14 FY4ANF048000 MODEL NO MTR HP MTR FLA MCA MAXMIN OVERCUR PROTECT WIRE SIZE AWG* FA4CNBO60000 3/4 5.2 6.5 15 14 FA4CNF018000 1/6 1.8 23 15 14 FA4CNF024000 1/4 1.8 2.3 15 14 FA4CNF030000 1/4 1.5 1.9 15 14 FA4CNF036000 1/3 2.4 3.0 15 1 14 FA4CNF042000 1/2 29 3.6 15 14 FA4CNF048000 1 3/4 43 5.4 15 14 * Use copper wire only. Use 75*C only in this application. When using non—metallic (NM) sheathed cable, wire size required should be based on that of 60°C conductors, instead of wire sizes shown in table above per NEC Article 336-26. NOTES: If branch circuit wire length exceeds 100 ft. (30m), consult NEC 215-2 to determine maximum wire length. Use 2% voltage drop. All units 208/230, single—phase, 60 Hz. FLA - Full Load Amps FACTORY-INSTALLED HEATER OPTIONS* MODEL 018 024 030 036 042 048 060 FA4CN(F,B) 5,8 5,10 8,10 10,15 10,15 10,15 10,15 FA4CNC 5 5 8 10 10 10 10 FY4AN(F,B) 5,8 5,10 8,10 10,15 10,15 10,15 10,15 * For field—installed heater/fan coil combinations, see Electric Heater Internal Protection below. 6th digit: B - Modular cabinet, C - Disconnect, F - Single piece cabinet ELECTRIC HEATER INTERNAL PROTECTION* HEATER KW PHASE FUSE QTY/SIZE CKT BKR QTY/SIZEt 3 5 1 - 1/60 8 1 - 1/60 10 1 - 1/60 15 1 2/30-2/60 2/60 20 1 4/60 2/60 24 1,3 6/60 - 30 1/3 6/60 - 9 1/3 - - 15 3 - - 18 3 - - * 5—, 8—, 10—kW factory—installed heat has no internal protection. 15—kW factory—installed heat is internally protected with fuses. t Circuit breakers are 2 pole. 12 ACCESSORY ELECTRIC HEATER ELECTRICAL DATA HEATER PART NO. kW A INTERNAL CIRCUIT PROTEC. liON 200/2309 HEATER AMPS BRANCH CIRCUIT Min An,poclly 200123097 Mm V11.SN, (AWG) 208/23090 MI, Ond WI,, SI,, 208/2309 Moo F000/CkI Bk, A,np, 268(230V Max Wine Length 208/2309 (R) Single Cl-It •5 0601 C600it Single CIrooll Dual CiIOUII slnglo C500II 0001 CI,00II OIl CItOOlt Dual CIII SIngle Dual CIr,uft Oil CItOOlt 240, 2000 L3,L4 11,8.2 3 L1'•,3 1.3.1.4 Chnoll 12,14 KFCEH040IN03 3 2.3 1 None 10.9/12.0 - - 100/17.3 - - 12/12 - - 12112 - - 20/20 - - 67/60 - - KFCEH0501NOS' 5 3.6 1 Non, 18.1/20.0 - - 26.0/28.4 - - 10/10 - - 10/10 - - 30/35) - - 60/66 - - KFCEJ40501NO52 5 3.8 1 Non, 18.1/20.0 - - 31.2/33.5 - - 8/8 - - 10/10 - - 35/35 - - 85/88 - - KFCEH240ICOS' S 3.8 I CIII Bk, 18.1/20.0 - - 26.0/28.4 - - 10/10 - - 10/10 - - 30/30 - - 66/66 - - KFCEH240ICO50 5 3.8 I CIII Ok, 18.1/20.0 - - 31.2/33.5 - - 8/8 - - 10/I0 - - 35/35 - - 85(88 - - KFCEH080IN08 8 8.0 1 Non, 28.8/30.0 - - 44.7/48.5 - - 8/8 - - 10/10 - - 45/50 - - 50160 - - KFCEH250IC08 8 8.0 1 CIII Bk, 28.9/35.0 - - 44.7/48.5 - - 8/8 - - 10/10 - - 45/50 - - 59/60 - - KFCEHDSOINOD 0 6.8 1 10/no 32.8/38,0 - - 48.5/53.5 - - 8/6 - - 10/tO - - 50901 - - 54/87 - - KFCEH2901N09" 8 6.6 3 Non, 18.8/20.8 - - 30.0/34.5 - - 8/8 - - 10/10 - - 35/35 - - 83585 - - KFCEH090INI0 10 7.5 I Non, 36.2/48.0 - - 53.8158.5 - - 6/6 - - 10/10 - - 66/66 - - 78/60 - - KFCEH2801CIO tO 7.5 1 CIII Bk, 36.2/40.0 - - 53.8/58.5 - - 6/8 - - 10/10 - - 60/60 - - 78/80 - - KFCEI43001F1O 15 11.3 1 F000 54.2/59.9 30.2/40.0 18.1/20.0 76.3/83.4 53.8158.5 22.7/25.0 4/4 6/6 10/10 8/8 10/10 10/10 60/05 00/00 25/25 88/80 70/80 75/78 6FCEH3101C15 15 11.3 1 CkIBkr - 38.2/40.0 18.1/20.0 - 53.8/58.5 22.7/25.0 - 6/8 10/10 - 10110 10/10 - 00/60 25/25 - 78/80 75(78 KFCEHI60I3I5 15 11.3 3 None 31.3/34.6 - - 47.7/51.8 - - 8/6 - - 10/10 - - 50/00 - - 58/90 - - 6FCEH2001318 18 13.5 3 Non, 37.0/41.5 - - 55.5/60.4 - - 6/8 - - 10/8 - - 60/70 - - 76/77 - - KFCEH3201F20 20 15.0 1 Fo,o 72.3/79.9 38.2/40.0 38.2/40.0 98.9/166.4 03.8/58.0 45.3/50.0 3/2 8/8 8/8 8/6 10/10 10/10 50/50 85/166 78/80 59/59 KI'CEH33OIC2O 20 15.0 I CIII Bk, -38.2/40.0 30.2/40.0 -53.8/58.5 45.3/50.0 - 0/8 8/6 -10/10 10/10 - 50/50 - 76/80 59/59 24 18.0 3 Fun, 50.1/55.4 --71.2/77.8 --4/4 --KFCEH340IF24t0 -0/8 --80(80 -94/95 100/110r60/6D 24 18.0 I Fun, 86.7/05.5 --110.9(137.0 --1/1 -- 30 --6/0 - - 125/ISO -115/110 22.5 3 Fun, 02.6/692 --80.8(00.0 - --3/3 --KFCEH3SOIF309t -8/8 --90/100 -97/08 30 22.5 1 Fuse 109.0/120.0 - - 1448(1585 - - 0/00 - - 6/6 - - 100/175 - .- - 117/150 - - FIELD MULTIPOINT WIRING OF 24-AND 30-kW SINGLE PHASE kW HI I HEATER AMPS I I MIN AMPACITY I MIN WIRE SIZE (AWG) I / I MAX FUSE/CKT BXR I AMPS I I MAX WIRE LENGTh I HEATER PART I A I 208/230V I 208/230V' I 208/230Vt I MIN GND 208/230V (FT)* NO. S I I I I WIRE SIZE 208/230V 208/230V I 240V 208V Liii I L3,L4 LO,L6 Liii L3.L4 L5,L6 I Liii L3,L4 L5,L6 I Liii L3,L4 LS,L6 I Liii I L3,L4 I LS,L6 E KFCEH3401F24tt 24 18.0 I 28.9/32.0 28.9/32.0 44.7/48.5 38.2/40.0 36.2/40.0 8/8 8/8 8/8 10/10 45/50 40/40 40/40 59/60 30 22.5 1 36.2/40.0 328.9/32.0 2/40.0 36.2/40.0 53.8/58.0 45.3/50.0 7373 KFCEH3501F30tt 1 45.3/50.0 8/6 8/8 8/8 10/10 60/60 j 50/50 50/50 78/80 59/59 * Includes blower motor amps of largest fan Coil used with heater. t Copper wire must be used. If other than uncoated (non-plated), 75°C ambient, copper wire (solid wire for 10 AWG and smaller, stranded wire for larger than 10 AWG) is used, consult applicable tables of the National Electric Code (ANSI/NFPA 70). 1 Length shown is as measured 1 way along wire path between unit and service panel for a voltage drop not to exceed 2%. 8* Field convertible to 3 phase. tt Field convertible to 1 phase, single or multiple supply circuit. NOTES: For fan coil sizes 018-036. For fan coil sizes 042-060. Single circuit application of F15 and F20 heaters requires single-point wiring kit accessory. ACCESSORIES ITEM ACCESSORY PART NO.* FAN COIL SIZE USED WITH Disconnect Kit KFADK0201DSC Cooling controls and heaters 3- through 10-kW Downflow Base Kit KFACB0101CFB 018 KFACB0201CFB 024,030 KFACB0301 CFB 036, 042, 048 KFACB0401CFB 060 Downflow Conversion Kit KFADCO201SLP Slope Coil Units-018, 024, 030, 036 KFADC0401ACL A-Coil Units-042, 048, 060 Single-Point Wiring Kit KFASP0I01SPK Only with 15- and 20-kW Fused Heaters Filter Kit (12 Pack) KFAFK0112SML 018 KFAFK0212MED 024, 030 KFAFK03I2LRG 036, 042, 048 KFAFK0412XXL 060 6 PVC Condensate Trap Kit (50 pack) KFAET0150ETK All Air Cleaner 240-volt Conversion Kit KEAVCO201240 All Downflow/Horizontal Conversion Gasket Kit KFAHDO101SLP All Horizontal Water Management Kit (25 pack) KFAHCO125AAA All * Factory authorized and listed, field-installed. ACCESSORY KITS DESCRIPTION SUGGESTED AND REQUIRED USE. Disconnect Kit The kit is used to disconnect electrical power to the fan coil so service or maintenance may be performed safely. SUGGESTED USE: Units for 3- through 10-kW electric resistance heaters and cooling controls. Downflow Base Kit This kit is designed to provide a i-in, minimum clearance between unit discharge plenum, ductwork, and combustible materials. It also provides a gap-free seal with the floor. REQUIRED USE: This kit must be used whenever fan coils are used in downflow applications. Downflow Conversion Kit Fan coils are shipped from the factory for upflow or horizontal-left applications. Downflow conversion kits provide proper condensate water drainage and support for the coil when used in downflow applications. Separate kits are available for slope coils and A-coils. REQUIRED USE: This kit must be used whenever fan coils are used in downflow applications. Single Point Wiring Kit The single point wiring kit acts as a jumper between Li and L3 lugs, and between the L2 and L4 lugs. This allows the installer to run two heavy-gauge, high-voltage wires into the fan coil rather than 4 light-gauge, high-voltage wires. SUGGESTED USE: Fan coils with 15- and 20-kW fused heaters only. Filter Kit (12 pack) The kit consists of 12 fan coil framed filters. These filters collect large dust particles from the return air entering the fan coil and prevents them from collecting on the coil. This process helps to keep the coil clean, which increases heat transfer and, in turn, the efficiency of the system. SUGGESTED USE: To replace filters in fan coils. REQUIRED USE: All units unless a filter grille is used. Condensate Drain Trap Kit This kit consists of 50 PVC condensate traps. Each trap is pre-formed and ready for field installation. This deep trap helps the system make and hold proper condensate flow even during blower initiation. SUGGESTED USE: All fan coils. Air Cleaner 240-volt Conversion Kit The AIRA electronic air cleaner comes ready for 115-v operation. REQUIRED USE: This kit is required when running 240-volt circuit to air cleaner. Downflow/Horizontal Conversion Gasket Kit This kit provides the proper gasketing of units when applied in either a downflow or horizontal application. REQUIRED USE: Fan coils in either downflow or horizontal applications. Horizontal Applications - Water Management Kit This kit provides proper installation of fan coils under conditions of high static pressure and high relative humidity. SUGGESTED USE: All fan coils. Copyright 2007 carrier corp. . 7310W. Morris St. . Indianapolis, IN 46231 Printed in U.S.A. Edition Date: 06/07 Catalog No: FA4C-5PD Manufacturer reserves the right to change, at any time, specifications and designs without notice and without obligations. Rcptaccs: FA4C-4PD 14 ryp AF I 22.50 --i 8 4.31 Dl Al IF ID NSB PART # NSR0019 850 AH AT 48V BASED ON NSB1 70FT FRAME: 7 GAGE STEEL BASE PLATE: 3/8" STEEL C BUS BARS: 1/4' COPPER BUS BAR HOLES ACCEPT 1" and 1 3/4" LUG SPACING BUS BAR COVER: POLYCARBONATE CABLES 2AWG WELDING CUSTOM 90 DEGREE LUGS AT BATTERY TERMINATION POINT PAINT: POWDER COAT SPEC AC61 GREY WRINKLE FINISH '1 IA L2 .00 PROPRIETARY INFORMATION 7 6 ISSUE DATE: 05-22-06 ECO#: 689-S06 NSB PT NO: OONSR0019 DCN: DWG-514-72 (01tEN5E?.- (19/7- 38HDF018-036 44=* Duct Free Condensing Units 38HDR018-060 Ducted Condensing Units Installation, Start-Up and Service Instructions CONTENTS Page SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS...................... INSTALLATION ................................1-10 Step 1 - Complete Pre-Installation Checks ...... UNPACK UNIT INSPECT SHIPMENT CONSIDER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS MATCHING THE CONDENSING UNIT TO AN INDOOR UNIT Step 2— Rig and Mount Unit.....................3 MOUNTING ON GROUND MOUNTING ON ROOF RIGGING Step 3 - Complete Refrigerant Piping Connections ...................................3 CHECK ACCURATER CONTROL FILTER DRIER MAKE PIPING SWEAT CONNECTORS PROVIDE SAFETY RELIEF Step 4 - Make Electrical Connections ...........6 CONTROL CIRCUIT WIRING POWER WIRING CONNECTIONS TO DUCT-FREE FAN COIL UNITS START-UP .......................................11 SERVICE .....................................11-14 MAINTENANCE .................................14 TROUBLESHOOTING..........................14,15 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS Installing and servicing air conditioning equipment can be hazardous due to system pressure and electrical components. Only trained and qualified service personnel should install or service air conditioning equipment. Untrained personnel can perform basic maintenance, such as cleaning and replacing filters. All other operations should be performed by trained service personnel. When working on air conditioning equipment, observe safety precautions in litera- ture, tags, and labels attached to unit. Follow all safety codes. Wear safety glasses and work gloves. Use quenching cloth for brazing operations. Have fire extinguisher available. Read these instructions thoroughly. Consult local building codes and the National Electrical Code (NEC) for special installation requirements. !WARNINGII Before installing or servicing system, always turn off main power to system. There may be more than one disconnect switch. Turn off accessory heater power if applicable. Elec- trical shock can cause serious personal injury. Puron® (R-410A) refrigerant systems operate at higher pressures than standard R-22 systems. Do not use R-22 ser- vice equipment or components on Puron refrigerant equip- ment. If service equipment is not rated for Puron refrigerant, equipment damage or personal injury may result. INSTALLATION Step 1 - Complete Pre-Installation Checks UNPACK UNIT (See Fig. 1)—Move the unit to final loca- tion. Remove unit from carton, being careful not to damage service valves and grilles. Fig. 1 - 38HDF,HDR Unit INSPECT SHIPMENT - File a claim with the shipping company if shipment is damaged or incomplete. Check unit nameplate to ensure unit matches job requirements. CONSIDER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Consult local building codes and NEC for special installation requirements. Allow sufficient space for airflow clearance, wiring, refrig- erant piping, and servicing unit. See Fig. 2. Locate unit so that condenser airflow is unrestricted on both sides. Refer to Fig. 2. Unit may be mounted on a level pad directly on base legs or mounted on raised pads at support points. See Fig. 2 for center of gravity. MATCHING THE CONDENSING UNIT TO AN INDOOR UNIT - The 38HDF,HDR units can be matched to a corresponding indoor unit. The 38HDF0l 8-036 units can be matched with an in-ceiling cassette or high wall indoor unit. The 38HDR unit can be matched with under-ceiling and resi- dential fan coils. Refer to separate indoor unit literature for more information. Manufacturer reserves the light to discontinue, or change at anytime, specifications or designs without notice and without Incurring obligations. Bookl 1 14 Catalog No. 02-38HD0001-Sl Printed in U.S.A. Form 38HD-451 Pg 1 1-06 Replaces: 38HDC-3S1 Tab 13e I 21 UNIT MODELS SIZE A B C 0 CHASSIS E F G H J K L N P 38HDF 38HDR Unit Size Unit Size (Reference) 018 018 0 2'/8 3'.15/ 1'-2/ 1'-4' 1'-117/ /16 1'51/8" 111O 1.1 0'-65/,-0•111/4 0'-215/( 0'-6' (595.3) (435) (559.1) JL (75) L 024,030 024 0.6 '"' 3'01 / l'-29/16- 1-4 1'-11/ l'-53/e" i'-li'/e 2'-4 1'-2" 0'6/" 0'-11/" 0'215/ie' 0'6" (595.3) (6.6) (711.5) J (75) 036 030,036 1.0 3'131e 3'8911e" 1'51/16' 1'6711e' -2'61/2 i75/e 5ie 2'101/1e 1'-111/ 0'-81/" 1'-37/8-037/1e O'-61/2 6) 1.9) .4) 68.3) (774.7) 985) ) (865.5) 7) .4) 032) - 048,060 1.6 3'3e' 3'8e 1,-51/,6- 1-67Y,,- 2 '-6'/2 l'-7/" 2'.1l3/," .4 3''/" 1'2'I /2 D'8' 1'-67/8' 0'37/1e" 0'-6/2" (1097) fl19 j (774.7) (1017.9) j J±ZL JL. flL. Nu o: uimensions snown In Beet-Inches. Lamenslons In) ) are millimeters. UNIT SIZE M_ OPERATING WT in. mm lb kg 38HDF 030 018 5/ 15.88 166 75.3 024 5/ 15.88 176 79.8 3/4 1905 187 84.8 036 3/4 19.05 250 113.4 3BHDR 018 5/e 15.88 166 75.8 024 5/ 15.88 176 79.8 030 3/4 19.05 187 84.8 036 - 3/4 - 19.05 - 250 113.4 048 7/,22.22 278 126.1 060 22.22 306 138.8 WIND BAFFLE ACCESSOI DRAIN HOLE5- -I. 0_- Llil i 6 N.) ) (152) TYP 0'-? 1/2 Ffir ri '1 I f - (REFERENCE) 1 I 19 TOP VIEW MINIMUM MOUNTING PAD DIMENSIONS UNIT SIZE Support Feet ft-in. mm CHASSIS SIZES 0 &.6 1'-11"s 3'-6 584.2s 1066.8 CHASSIS SIZES 1 & 1.6 2-0 5 4'-2" 609.6 a 1270 NOTES: Required clearances: with coil facing wall, allow 6 in. minimum clearance on coil side and coil end, and 3 feet minimum clearance on compressor end and fan side. With tan facing wall, allow 8 in. minimum clearance on Ian side and coil end, and 3 feel minimum clearance on compressor end and coil side. With multi-unit application, arrange units so discharge of one does not enter Inlet 01 another. Dimensions in parenthesis are in millimeters. Center of Gravity -2 1/2 (64) FRONT VIEW JUNCTION BOX FOR- POWER SUPPLY & ONTROL CONNECTIONS ELD CONTROL SUPPLY- WIRE ENTRY .2) HOLE W/GROMMET VAPOR LINE CONN. ALE SWEAT CONN. DIA.(9.53) rtn LINE L 0.- 8 LE SWEAT CONN. (204.0)I..4.O ii4 2 0.-i- (25) 3 9/16 '/RIGHT SIDE VEIW (90) TYP (FIELD PROVIDED AND INSTALLED) Fig. 2- 38HDF,HDR Unit Dimensions 1 1/2 (38.1) aj -C- Step 2 - Rig and Mount Unit MOUNTING ON GROUND - Mount unit on a solid, level concrete pad. Position unit so water or ice from roof does not fall directly onto unit. Accessory stacking kits can be used when units are to be stacked. See installation instructions provided with the accessory kit. Use field-provided snow stand or ice rack where prolonged subfreezing temperatures or heavy snow occurs. If conditions or local codes require unit be fastened to a pad, 6 field-supplied tiedown bolts should be used and fastened through slots provided in unit mounting feet. MOUNTING ON ROOF - Mount unit on a level platform or frame at least 6 in. above roof surface. Isolate unit and tub- ing from structure. RIGGING !S1uI I Lei Be sure unit panels are securely in place prior to rigging. Loose unit panels could result in equipment damage or per- sonal injury. Keep the unit upright and lift unit using a sling. Use card- board or padding under the sling, and spreader bars to prevent sling damage to the unit. See Fig. 3. See Fig. 2 for center of gravity reference. Install the unit so that the coil does not face into prevailing winds. If this is not possible and constant winds above 25 mph are expected, use accessory wind baffle. See installation instructions provided with the accessory kit. NOTE: Accessory wind baffles should be used on all units with accessory low ambient temperature control. Field-fabricated snow or ice stands may be used to raise unit when operation will be required during winter months. Units may also be wall mounted using the accessory wall-mounting kit. Fig. 3 - Lifting Unit with Sling Step 3 - Complete Refrigerant Piping Con- nections - Outdoor units may be connected to indoor units using field-supplied tubing of refrigerant grade and condi- tion. See Tables IA and I for correct line sizes. Do not use less than 10 ft of interconnecting tubing. DO NOT BURY MORE THAN 36 IN. OF REFRIGER- ANT PIPE IN THE GROUND. If any section of pipe is buried, there must be a 6-in, vertical rise to the valve connections on the outdoor unit. If more than the recommended length is buried refrigerant may migrate to cooler, buried section during extended periods of system shutdown. This causes refrigerant slugging and could possibly damage the compressor at start-up. When more than 50 ft of interconnecting tubing and more than 30 ft of vertical lift is used, consult the residential long line application instruction guide. For long-line applications, inter- connecting lines over 100 ft must be installed with a liquid line solenoid. A liquid line solenoid may also be installed on some units to improve part-load efficiency. Refer to the ARI (Air Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute) Directory. If either refrigerant tubing or indoor coil is exposed to the atmosphere, the system must be evacuated following good refrigeration practices. Run refrigerant tubes as directly as possible, avoiding unnecessary turns and bends. Suspend refrigerant tubes so they do not damage insulation on vapor tube and do not transmit vibration to structure. Also, when passing refrigerant tubes through a wall, seal the opening so that vibration is not transmit- ted to structure. Leave some slack in refrigerant tubes between structure and outdoor unit to absorb vibration. Refer to separate indoor unit installation instructions for additional information. CHECK ACCURATER CONTROL - The correct Accu- Rater (bypass type) refrigerant control is required for system capacity optimization. An AccuRater device with field- replaceable piston (see Fig. 4) is supplied with the outdoor unit. Refer to the AccuRater metering device table in separate indoor unit installation instructions to determine the correct AccuRater piston size required for the condenser/evaporator system being installed. Piston style as shown in Fig. 4 is shipped with the unit. Do not interchange components between the AccuRater device types. Matching of outdoor unit with indoor unit may require field replacement of piston. Replace piston, if required, before connecting refrigerant lines. See Fig. 4. Piston replacement instructions are included in the indoor unit installation instruc- tions. After system installation is complete, see the Refrigerant Charging section on page 12 to check and/or adjust refrigerant charge. FILTER DRIER - The filter drier must be replaced whenev- er the refrigeration system is exposed to the atmosphere. See Fig. 4 for filter drier installation. FLARE PISTON CAP CONNECTOR1 P1519N COOL NO CONNECTOR (BY OTHERS) PISTON 8001 FILTER I LINE SET OTHERS) METERED FLEA COOLING 38HDF018-036 CONNECTOR LINE SET (BY OTHERS) (BY OTHERS) FILTER DRIER 38HDR018-060 Fig. 4 - AccuRater (Bypass Type) Metering Device Components SLING PADDING TEFLON SEAL TO INDOOR _ cO IL tp PI COMPRESSOR ______ TON END WITH ORIFICE " BODY CENTER OF NOTE: Arrow on AccuRater body points in free flow direction, away from the GRAVITY indoor coil. Only use factory specified liquid-line filter driers with rated working pressures less than 600 psig. NOTE: Do not install a suction-line filter drier in liquid line. MAKE PIPING SWEAT CONNECTIONS - Remove plastic caps from liquid and suction service valves. Use refrigerant grade tubing. Service valves are closed from the factory and are ready for brazing. After wrapping the service valve with a wet cloth, the tubing set can be brazed to the service valve using ei- ther silver bearing or non-silver bearing brazing material. Con- sult local code requirements. Refrigerant tubing and the indoor coil are now ready for leak testing. NOTE: Unit is shipped with R-410A factory charge indicated on nameplate. Pass nitrogen or other inert gas through piping while braz- ing to prevent formation of copper oxide. !IqUj j [i] To avoid damage while brazing, service valves should be wrapped with a heat-sinking material such as a wet cloth. !I'tU1l[S] When brazing tubing sets to the service valves, a brazing shield MUST be used to prevent damage to the painted unit surface. PROVIDE SAFETY RELIEF - A fusible plug is located in unit suction line; do not cap this plug. If local code requires additional safety devices, install as directed. Table 1A - 38HDF018-036 Physical Data UNIT 38HDF 018 024 030 036 NOMINAL CAPACITY (Tons) 1.5 2.0 2.50 3.0 OPERATING WEIGHT (lb) 166 176 187 250 REFRIGERANT TYPE R-410A METERING DEVICE AccuRater (Located at Fan Coil) CHARGE (lb)' 4.8 5.3 5.0 7.1 OUTDOOR FAN RpmJCfm 840/1720 840/1720 840/1720 850/1720 Diameter (in.) 18 18 18 24 No. Blades 3 3 3 3 Motor (hp) 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/4 OUTDOOR COIL Face Area (sq ft) 5.82 7.27 7.27 12.1 No. Rows 2 3 3 2 FPI 20 20 20 20 HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH Cut-In (psig) 420 ± 25 420 ± 25 420 ± 25 420 ± 25 Cutout (psig) 650 ± 10 650 ± 10 650 ± 10 650 ± 10 LOW PRESSURE SWITCH Cut-In (psig) 45 ± 25 45 ± 25 45 ± 25 45 ± 25 Cutout (psig) 20 ± 5 20 ± 5 20 ± 5 20 ± 5 REFRIGERANT LINES Connection Type Sweat Liquid Line (in.) OD '8 '8 '8 Vapor Line (in.) OD /8 /8 3/4 3/4 Max Length (ft) 200 200 200 200 Max Lift (ft) 65 65 65 65 Max Drop (ft) 150 150 150 150 COMPRESSOR Type Scroll Model ZP16K5E-PFV ZP21 K5E-PFV ZP25K5E-PFV ZP34K5P-PFV Oil Charge (POE - oz) 25.0 25.0 25.0 42.0 Accumulator Yes CONTROLS Fusible Plug (F) 210 Control Voltaget 24 vac System Voltage 208/230 v 208/230 v 208/230 v. 208/230 Single and 3 Phase, FINISH Gray LEGEND Unit shipped with full factory charge. See ARI (Air Conditioning and FPI - Fins Per Inch Refrigeration Institute) capacity table for proper charge and piston POE - Polyol Ester for each fan coil type. f24 v and a minimum of 40 va is provided in the fan coil unit. Table 1 B - 38HDR018-060 Physical Data UNIT 38HDR 018 024 030 036 048 060 NOMINAL CAPACITY (Tons) 1.5 2.0 2.50 3.0 4.0 5.0 OPERATING WEIGHT (lb) 166 176 250 250 278 306 REFRIGERANT TYPE R-41 OA METERING DEVICE AccuRater (Located at Fan Coil) CHARGE (lb)' 6.3 6.5 10.0 8.9 12.0 12.2 OUTDOOR FAN RpmlCfm 840/1720 840/1720 850/3900 850/3900 850/3900 850/3900 Diameter (in.) 18 18 24 18 24 24 No. Blades 3 3 3 3 3 3 Motor (hp) 1/8 1/8 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 OUTDOOR COIL Face Area (sq ft) 5.8 7.3 12.1 12.1 14.1 14.1 No. Rows 2 3 2 2 3 3 FPI 20 20 20 20 20 20 HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH Cut-In (psig) 420 ± 25 420 * 25 420 ± 25 420 ± 25 420 ± 25 420 ± 25 Cutout (psig) 650± 10 650*10 650± 10 650± 10 650± 10 650± 10 LOW PRESSURE SWITCH Cut-In (psig) 45 ± 25 45 ± 25 45 ± 25 45 ± 25 45 ± 25 45 ± 25 Cutout (psig) 20 * 5 20 ± 5 20 ± 5 20 ± 5 20 ± 5 20 ± 5 REFRIGERANT LINES Connection Type Sweat Liquid Line (in.) OD /8 I8 /8 I8 /8 3/8 Vapor Line (in.) OD '8 '8 3/4 3/4 '8 7'8t Max Length (ft) 200 200 200 200 200 200 Max Lift (ft) 65 65 65 65 65 65 Max Drop (R) 150 150 150 150 150 150 COMPRESSOR Type Scroll Model ZP16K5E-PFV ZP21K5E-PFV ZP25K5E-PFV ZPZ9K5E-PFV ZP42KSE-PFV ZP51K5E-PFV Oil Charge (POE - oz) 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 1 42.0 42.0 Crankcase Heater (watts) - - 40 40 40 40 Accumulator Yes CONTROLS Fusible Plug (F) 210 Control Voltage** 24 vac System Voltage 208/230 v I 208/230 v I 208/230 v I 208/230 v, Single and 3 Phase, 460 v, 3 Phase FINISH Gray LEGEND Unit shipped with full factory charge. See ARI (Air Conditioning FPI - Fins Per Inch and Refrigeration Institute) capacity table for proper charge and POE - Polyol Ester piston for each fan coil type. tValve connection size is /8 inch. Recommended line size is 11/8 inches. **24 v and a minimum of 40 va is provided in the fan coil unit. Step 4 - Make Electrical Connections Unit cabinet must have an uninterrupted, unbroken electri- cal ground to minimize the possibility of personal injury if an electrical fault should occur. This ground may consist of electrical wire connected to unit ground lug in control com- partment, or conduit approved for electrical ground when installed in accordance with NEC, and local electrical codes. Failure to follow this warning could result in the installer being liable for the personal injury of others. !SflIIl[S] Unit failure as a result of operation on improper line voltage or excessive phase imbalance constitutes abuse and may cause damage to electrical components. Such opera- tion would invalidate any applicable Carrier warranty. Before performing service or maintenance, be sure indoor unit main power switch is turned OFF and indoor blower has stopped. Failure to do so may result in electrical shock or injury from rotating fan blades. CONTROL CIRCUIT WIRING - Control voltage is 24 v (40 va minimum). See Fig. 5 and unit label diagram for field- supplied wiring details. Route control wire through opening in unit side panel to connection in unit control box. NOTE: For wire runs up to 50 ft, use no. 18 AWG (American Wire Gage) insulated wire. For 50 to 75 ft, use no. 16 AWG insulated wire. For over 75 ft, use 14 AWG insulated wire. NOTE: All wiring must conform to NEC and local codes. NOTE: Operating unit on improper line voltage constitutes abuse and could affect Carrier warranty. See Tables 2 and 3. Do not install unit in a system where voltage may fluctuate above or below permissible limits. See Tables 2 and 3 for recommended fuse sizes. When mak- ing electrical connections, provide clearance at the unit for re- frigerant piping connections. NOTE: The 38HDF units are supplied with a 24-v control transformer. The 38HDR units use the control transformer supplied with the matched indoor unit. POWER WIRING - Unit is factory wired for voltage shown on nameplate. Provide adequate, fused disconnect switch within sight from unit, readily accessible, but Out of reach of children. Provision for locking the switch open (off) is advis- able to prevent power from being turned on while unit is being serviced. Disconnect switch, fuses, and field wiring must comply with the NEC and local code requirements. Use copper wire only between the disconnect switch and unit. Use minimum 60 C wire for the field power connection. Route power wires through the opening in unit side panel and connect in the unit control box as shown on the unit label diagram and Fig. 6 and 7. Unit must be grounded. CONNECTIONS TO DUCT-FREE FAN COIL UNITS - The 38HDR units are designed for easy match-up to 40QA duct free fan coils. This unit provides 24 v power for the out- door unit from the fan coil. Connect the Y and C terminals of the indoor unit to the Y and C terminals. 38HDF UNITS COOL—BLK--- COMMON (C) 24VAC (R) —RED SUPPLY FIELD SUPPLIED 15TA1 WIRE OUTDOOR UNIT INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS NOTE: For more information see schematic inside unit 38HDR UNITS COOL—BLU--- - - Y 24VAC SUPPLY REQUIRED COMMON (C)—BRN - - C FIELD SUPPLIED TSTAT WIRE OUTDOOR UNIT INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS Fig. 5 - Typical Control Circuit Connections Table 2 - 38HDF Electrical Data 38HDF UNIT SIZE Z V- - PH H VOLTAGE RANGE* COMPRESSOR OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR MIN CKT AMPS FUSE/HACR BKR AMPS Min Max RLA LRA FLA NEC Hp kW Out 018 208/230-1-60 187 253 10.0 48.0 0.80 0.125 0.09 13.3 20 024 208/230-1-60 187 253 14.3 58.3 0.80 0.125 0.09 18.7 30 030 208/230-1-60 187 253 15.7 73.0 0.80 0.125 0.09 20.4 35 036 208/230-1-60 187 253 20.0 112.0 1.45 0.25 0.19 26.5 45 208/230-3-60 187 253 14.7 88.0 1.45 0.25 0.19 19.8 30 460-3-60 414 506 6.6 44.0 0.80 0.25 0.19 9.1 15 LEGEND FLA - Full Load Amps HACR - Heating, Air Conditioning, Refrigeration LRA - Locked Rotor Amps NEC - National Electrical Code RLA - Rated Load Amps (Compressor) *Permissible limits of the voltage range at which unit will operate satisfactorily. NOTES: Control circuit is 24 v on all units and requires an external power source. All motors and compressors contain internal overload protection. In compliance with NEC (U.S.A. Standard) requirements for mul- timotor and combination load equipment (refer to NEC Articles 430 and 440), the overcurrent protective device for the unit shall be fuse or HACR breaker. Motor RLA values are established in accordance with UL (Under- writers' Laboratories) Standard 465 U.S.A. Standard). 38HDF,HDR018-030 units are only available in single-phase voltage. Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage Never operate a motor where a phase imbalance in supply volt- age is greater than 2%. Use the following formula to determine the percentage of voltage imbalance: - 100 X max voltage deviation from average voltage - average voltage EXAMPLE: Supply voltage is 460-3-60. A e c AB=452v BC=464v AC = 455 v 452+ 464 +455 MOTOR Average Voltage= 1371 3 = 457 Determine maximum deviation from average voltage: (AB)457-452=5v (BC) 464 -457 = 7 v (AC) 457 - 455 = 2 v Maximum deviation is 7 v. Determine percentage of voltage imbalance % Voltage Imbalance= 100x 457 = 1.53% This amount of phase imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the maximum allowable of 2%. IMPORTANT: Contact your local electric utility company immedi- ately if the supply voltage phase imbalance is more than 2%. Table 3 - 38HDR Electrical Data 38HDR UNIT SIZE V-PH-Hz VOLTAGE RANGE COMPRESSOR OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR MIN CKT AMPS FUSE/HACR BKR AMPS Min Max RLA LRA FLA NEC Hp kW Out 018 208/230-1-60 187 253 10.0 48.0 0.80 0.125 0.09 13.3 20 024 208/230-1-60 187 253 14.3 58.3 0.80 0.125 0.09 18.7 30 030 208/230-1-60 187 253 15.7 64.0 1.45 0.25 0.19 21.1 35 036 208/230-1-60 187 253 15.7 77.0 1.45 0.25 0.19 21.1 1 35 208/230-3-60 187 253 10.4 88.0 1.45 0.25 0.19 14.5 20 460-3-60 414 506 6.3 38.0 0.80 0.25 0.19 8.7 15 048 208/230-1-60 187 253 24.3 117.0 1.45 0.25 0.19 31.8 55 208/230-3-60 187 253 15.6 83.1 1.45 0.25 0.19 21.0 35 460-3-60 414 506 6.9 41.0 0.80 0.25 0.19 9.4 15 060 208/230-1-60 187 253 29.4 134.0 1.45 0.25 0.19 1 38.2 65 208/230-3-60 187 253 17.8 110.0 1.45 0.25 0.19 23.7 40 460-3-60 414 506 8.6 52.0 0.80 1 0.25 0.19 11.6 20 LEGEND FLA - Full Load Amps HACR - Heating, Air Conditioning, Refrigeration LRA - Locked Rotor Amps NEC - National Electrical Code RLA - Rated Load Amps (Compressor) Permissible limits of the voltage range at which unit will operate satisfactorily. NOTES: Control circuit is 24 v on all units and requires an external power source. All motors and compressors contain internal overload protection. In compliance with NEC (U.S.A. Standard) requirements for mul- timotor and combination load equipment (refer to NEC Articles 430 and 440), the overcurrent protective device for the unit shall be fuse or HACR breaker. Motor RLA values are established in accordance with UL (Under- writers' Laboratories) Standard 465 (U.S.A. Standard). 38HDF,HDR018-030 units are only available in single-phase voltage. Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage Never operate a motor where a phase imbalance in supply volt- age is greater than 2%. Use the following formula to determine the percentage of voltage imbalance: - 100 x max voltage deviation from average voltage - average voltage EXAMPLE: Supply voltage is 460-3-60. A B C AB=452v BC=464v AC = 455 v 452 +464 +455 MOTOR Average Voltage = 1371 3 = 457 Determine maximum deviation from average voltage: (AB)457-452=5v (BC) 464-457 = 7 v (AC) 457-455 = 2 v Maximum deviation is 7 v. Determine percentage of voltage imbalance % Voltage Imbalance= 100 x 7 - 457 = 1.53% This amount of phase imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the maximum allowable of 2% IMPORTANT: Contact your local electric utility company immedi- ately if the supply voltage phase imbalance is more than 2%. CONTROL COMPONENT ARRANGEMENT JUNCTION BOX ETh.ji __ P10.0 .50.5. 014.5 N.E.C. 0.455 2 TO II .5111. TO 45IPO -9 u___5LU_J ocs UNIT COMPONENTS .5 I LPS c 0coo 12 CH 38HDF OPERATION SEQUENCE CALL FOR COOLING: Control voltage from transformer to thermostat (24 v). At thermostat 24 v is switched to "G" and "Y" 24 v from thermostat 'G" energizes fan relay at indoor fan coil unit and indoor-fan motor runs. 24 v from thermostat "V" energizes the contactor coil and the compressor and outdoor-fan motor will both run. 6. If the internal protection of the compressor or LIPS or 1-IPS open, the 24 v to contactor coil will be inter- rupted. The compressor and outdoor-fan motor will stop. C - Contactor, Compressor CAP - Capacitor CCHT — Crankcase Heater Thermostat CH - Crankcase Heater COMP - Compressor Motor EQUIP— Equipment GND - Ground HPS - High-Pressure Switch LPS — Low-Pressure Switch OFM - Outdoor-Fan Motor OL - Overload TB - Terminal Board TRAN — Transformer ç Splice (Field) Terminal (Marked) o Terminal (Unmarked) I x I Terminal Block • Splice Factory Wiring - - - - Field Control Wiring — — — Field Power Wiring — — — Optional or Accessory Wire 1.55 I1.3lt - - F I LEGEND NOTES: Compressor and fan motors are thermally protected. Wire in accordance with National Electrical Code (NEC) and local codes. Replace any original wires with 900 C wire or its equivalent. Use minimum 600 C wire for field power wiring. Transformer has internal 4.5A thermal fuse on the primary side. Transformer factory wired for 230 v. For 208 v move black wire to 208 volt tap on transformer. Crankcase heater and thermostat used on selected models only. Fig. 6— 38HDF018-036 Typical Wiring Schematic LEGEND C - Contactor, Compressor CAP - Capacitor CCHT — Crankcase Heater Thermostat CH - Crankcase Heater CLO - Compressor Lockout COMP - Compressor Motor CT - Current Transformer EQUIP — Equipment ° GND - Ground HPS - High-Pressure Switch LPS - Low-Pressure Switch OFM - Outdoor-Fan Motor OL - Overload TB - Terminal Board 4 Splice (Field) Cj Terminal (Marked) o Terminal (Unmarked) Terminal Block • Splice Factory Wiring — - - - Field Control Wiring — - — Field Power Wiring CONTROL COMPONENT ARRANGEMENT WN ECLO [T7.fj JUNCTION UNIT COMPONENTS BOX DIBT (E tT — lh,1 LEO EWIP BC 1J c R)SflBSBSS f 1Jc0ff SS :0 FIBS 0NB. 010110 N.E.C. BASS 2 10 l TIWI TB 38HDR OPERATION SEQUENCE CALL FOR COOLING: Control voltage from transformer to thermostat (24 v). At thermostat 24 v is switched to 'G" and "V." 24 v from thermostat 'G" energizes fan relay at indoor fan coil and indoor-fan motor runs. 24 v from thermostat "V" energizes the logic in the CLO, and the contactor coil, both at the outdoor unit. Compressor and outdoor-fan motor run. 6. If the internal protector of the compressor, HPS, or LIPS open, the 24 v to the contactor coil will be inter- rupted, the compressor and outdoor-fan motor will stop, and the CLO will keep the circuit open until reset by stopping and restarting the 24 v power at the thermostat. NOTES: Compressor and fan motors are thermally protected. Wire in accordance with National Electrical Code (NEC) and local codes. Replace any original wires with 900 C wire or its equivalent. The CLO locks out the COMP to prevent short cycling on COMP overloads and safety devices. Before replacing CLO check these devices. If indoor section has a transformer with a grounded secondary, connect the grounded side to "C" on the low voltage board. Use minimum 600 C wire for field power wiring. Crankcase heater and thermostat used on selected models only. Fig. 7— 38HDR018-060 Typical Wiring Schematic 2O3OV NJ _____J_U_ iE IBIC •3) 'a CT CLO CAP 9' START-UP Preliminary Checks I. Check that all internal wiring connections are tight and that all barriers, covers, and panels are in place. Field electrical power source must agree with unit name- plate rating. All service valves must be open. 4. Belly-band crankcase heater must be tight on compressor crankcase for those units with belly-band heaters. Leak Test - Field piping and fan coil must be leak tested by pressure method. Use R-410A at approximately 25 psig backed up with an inert gas to a total pressure not to exceed 245 psig. Leak detectors should be designed to detect HFC (hydro- fluorocarbon) refrigerant. Evacuate and Dehydrate - Field piping and fan coil must be evacuated and dehydrated. Charge System - Release charge into system by open- ing (backseating) liquid and suction line service valves. Refer to separate indoor unit installation instructions for the required total system charge when connected to 25 ft of tubing. To Start Unit - Be sure that the field disconnect is closed. Set room thermostat below ambient temperature. Oper- ate unit for 15 minutes, then check system refrigerant charge. See Refrigerant Charging section on page 12. NOTE: When using in conjunction with 40QA or 40QK fan coils, refer to start-up instructions included with fan coil for correct start-up procedures. SERVICE A WARNING Before performing recommended maintenance, be sure unit main power switch is turned off. Failure to do so may result in electrical shock or injury from rotating fan blade. Outdoor Fan - A reinforced wire mount holds the out- door fan assembly in position. See Fig. 8 for proper mounting position. FAN BLADE OUTSIDE EDGE OF OUTSIDE EDGE DIMENSION FROM FAN DECK OF GRILLE OUTSIDE TOP EDGE OF BLADE TO OUTSIDE EDGE I OF FAN DECK. SEE TABLE BELOW 38HDF UNIT SIZE, in. 018-030 036 0.433 0 38HDR UNIT SIZE, in. 018,024 030,036 048,060 0.433 0 0 Fig. 8— Condenser-Fan Mounting Positions High-Pressure Relief Valve - The high-pressure re- lief valve is located in the compressor. The relief valve opens at a pressure differential of approximately 550 to 625 ± 50 psid between suction (low side) and discharge (high side) to allow pressure equalization. Internal Current and Temperature Sensitive Overload - The control resets automatically when internal compressor motor temperature drops to a safe level (overloads may require up to 45 minutes to reset). When an internal overload is suspected of being open, check by using an ohmmeter or continuity tester. Pumpdown Procedure - The system may be pumped down in order to make repairs on the low side without losing complete refrigerant charge. !%'1ILei Never open system to atmosphere while it is under a vac- uum. Equipment damage may result. When system must be opened for service, recover refriger ant, break vacuum with thy nitrogen before opening system. Attach pressure gage to suction service valve gage port. Frontseat the liquid/mixed phase line valve. The 38HIDC unit coils hold only the factory-designated amount of refrigerant. Additional refrigerant may cause units to relieve pressure through the compressor internal pressure relief valve (indicated by a sudden rise of suction pressure) before suction pressure reaches 5 psig. If this occurs, shut off unit immediately then frontseat the suction valve and remove and recover excess refrigerant following accepted practices. Equipment damage may result. Start unit and run until suction pressure reaches 20 psig. Shut unit off and frontseat suction valve. Depressurize low side of unit and recover refrigerant following accepted practices. High-Pressure Switch - The high-pressure switch, located on discharge line, protects against high discharge pressures caused by such events as overcharge, condenser-fan motor failure, system restriction, etc. It opens on pressure rise at about 650 ± 10 psig. If system pressures go above this setting during abnormal conditions, the switch opens. !VL 1 II DO NOT attempt to simulate these system abnormalities - high pressures pose a serious safety hazard. The high-pressure switch is checked with an ohmmeter. If system pressure is below 625 psig switch shows continuity. Crankcase Heater - The crankcase heater prevents refrigerant migration and compressor oil dilution during shutdown when compressor is not operating. If the crankcase heater is deenergized for more than 6 hours, both compressor service valves must be closed. NOTE: Crankcase heaters are only available on 38HDR030- 060 units. The crankcase heater is powered by the high-voltage power of the unit. It is connected across the line side of the contactor and is thermostatically controlled. Use extreme caution when troubleshooting this device, as line voltage is continually present. Serious personal injury could result. To troubleshoot: Apply voltmeter across crankcase heater leads to see if heater voltage is on. Do not touch heater Carefully feel area around crankcase heater; if warm, crankcase heater is functioning. With power off and heater leads disconnected, check across leads with ohmmeter. Do not look for a specific re- sistance reading. Check for resistance or an open circuit, and change heater if an open circuit is detected. Service Valves - The service valves in the outdoor unit come from the factory frontseated. This means the refrigerant charge is isolated from the line-set connection ports. To prevent damage to the valve, use a wet cloth or other accepted heat sink material on the valve before brazing. The service valve cannot be field repaired, therefore, only a complete valve or valve stem seal and service port caps are available for replacement. Refrigerant Charging To prevent personal injury, wear safety glasses and gloves when handling refrigerant. Do not overcharge system - this can cause compressor flooding. Service valves must be fully backseated to close service port. There is no Schrader valve at the service port, and failure to backseat the valve could result in loss of system charge or personal injury. NOTE: Do not vent or depressurize unit refrigerant to atmo- sphere. Remove and recover refrigerant following accepted practices. All units are shipped with the refrigerant charge listed on the nameplate. See indoor unit Installation Instructions for ad- ditional charge requirements. NOTE: For 38HDF units only, charge to nameplate. See the indoor unit owner's manual for any additional charge requirements. Refer to Table 4 and consider the following when working with Puron® refrigerant: Puron refrigerant cylinders are rose colored. Recovery cylinder service pressure rating must be 400 psig, DOT (Department of Transportation) 4BA400 or DOT BW400. Puron systems should be charged with liquid refrigerant. Use a commercial type metering device in the manifold hose when charging into suction line with compressor operating. Manifold sets should be 700 psig high side and 180 psig low side with 550 psig low-side retard. Use hoses with 700 psig service pressure rating. Puron refrigerant, as with other HFCs, is only compatible with POE oils. Vacuum pumps will not remove moisture from oil. Polyol Ester oils absorb moisture rapidly. Do not expose oil to atmosphere. Polyol Ester oils may cause damage to certain plastics and roofing materials. Wrap all filter driers and service valves with wet cloth when brazing. A factory approved, liquid-line filter drier is required on every unit. Do not use a TXV (thermostatic expansion valve) designed for use with R-22 refrigerant. Refer to separate indoor unit installation instructions for more details. If using a suction line drier, do not leave in place for more than 72 hours. 12 Table 4- Pressure vs. Temperature Chart - Puron® Refrigerant (R-410A) PRESSURE PSIG TEMPERATURE 'F PRESSURE PSIG TEMPERATURE 'F PRESSURE PSIG TEMPERATURE 'F ?RESSURE. PSIG TEMPERATURE 'F PRESSURE PSIG TEMPERATURE 'F PRESSURE PSIG TEMPERATURE 'F 12 -37.7 114 37.8 216 74.3 318 100.2 420 120.7 522 137.6 14 -34.7 116 38.7 218 74.9 320 100.7 422 121.0 524 137.9 16 -32.0 118 39.5 220 75.5 322 101.1 424 121.4 526 138.3 18 -29.4 120 40.5 222 76.1 324 101.6 426 121.7 528 138.6 20 -26.9 122 41.3 224 76.7 326 102.0 428 122.1 530 138.9 22 -24.5 124 42.2 226 77.2 328 102.4 430 122.5 532 139.2 24 -22.2 126 43.0 228 77.8 330 102.9 432 122.8 534 139.5 26 -20.0 128 43.8 230 78.4 332 103.3 434 123.2 536 139.8 28 -17.9 130 44.7 232 78.9 334 103.7 436 123.5 . 538 140.1 30 -15.8 132 45.5 234 79.5 336 104.2 438 123.9 540 140.4 32 -13.8 134 46.3 236 80.0 338 104.6 440 124.2 544 141.0 34 -11.9 136 47.1 238 60.6 340 105.1 442 124.6 548 141.6 36 -10.1 138 47.9 240 81.1 342 105.4 444 124.9 552 142.1 38 -8.3 140 48.7 242 81.6 344 105.8 446 125.3 556 142.7 40 -6.5 142 49.5 244 62.2 346 106.3 448 125.6 560 143.3 42 -4.5 144 50.3 246 82.7 348 106.6 450 126.0 564 143.9 44 -3.2 146 51.1 248 83.3 350 107.1 452 126.3 568 144.5 46 -1.6 148 51.8 250 83.8 352 107.5 454 126.6 572 145.0 48 0.0 150 52.5 252 84.3 354 107.9 456 127.0 576 145.6 50 1.5 152 53.3 254 84.8 356 108.3 458 127.3 580 146.2 52 3.0 154 54.0 256 85.4 358 108.8 460 127.7 584 146.7 54 4.5 156 54.8 258 85.9 360 109.2 462 128.0 588 147.3 56 5.9 158 55.5 260 86.4 362 109.6 464 128.3 592 147.9 58 7.3 160 56.2 262 86.9 364 110.0 466 128.7 596 148.4 60 8.6 162 57.0 264 87.4 366 110.4 468 129.0 600 149.0 62 10.0 164 57.7 266 87.9 368 110.8 470 129.3 604 149.5 64 11.3 166 58.4 268 88.4 370 111.2 472 129.7 608 150.1 66 12.6 168 59.0 270 88.9 372 111.6 474 130.0 612 150.6 68 13.8 170 59.8 272 89.4 374 112.0 476 130.3 616 151.2 70 15.1 172 60.5 274 89.9 376 112.4 478 130.7 620 151.7 72 16.3 174 61.1 276 90.4 378 112.6 480 131.0 624 152.3 74 17.5 176 61.8 278 90.9 380 113.1 482 131.3 628 152.8 76 18.7 178 62.5 280 91.4 382 113.5 484 131.6 632 153.4 78 19.8 180 63.1 282 91.9 384 113.9 486 132.0 636 153.9 80 21.0 182 63.8 284 92.4 386 114.3 488 132.3 640 154.5 82 22.1 184 64.5 286 92.8 388 114.7 490 132.6 644 155.0 84 23.2 186 65.1 288 93.3 390 115.0 492 132.9 648 155.5 86 24.3 188 65.8 290 93.8 392 115.5 494 133.3 652 156.1 88 25.4 190 66.4 292 94.3 394 115.8 496 133.6 656 156.6 90 26.4 192 67.0 294 94.8 396 116.2 498 133.9 660 157.1 92 27.4 194 67.7 296 95.2 398 116.6 500 134.0 664 157.7 94 28.5 196 68.3 298 95.7 400 117.0 502 134.5 668 158.2 96 29.5 198 68.9 300 96.2 402 117.3 504 134.8 672 1 158.7 98 30.5 200 69.5 302 96.6 404 117.7 506 135.2 676 159.2 100 31.2 202 70.1 304 97.1 406 118.1 508 135.5 680 159.8 102 32.2 204 70.7 306 97.5 408 118.5 510 135.6 684 160.3 104 33.2 206 71.4 308 98.0 410 118.8 512 136.1 688 160.8 106 34.1 208 72.0 310 98.4 412 119.2 514 136.4 692 161.3 108 35.1 210 72.6 312 98.9 414 119.6 516 136.7 696 161.8 110 35.5 212 73.2 314 99.3 416 119.9 518 137.0 112 36.9 214 73.8 316 99.7 418 120.3 1 520 137.3 Subcooling Method - For 38HDR units only, the sub- cooling method is used to check and adjust charge during the cooling season. Refer to Table 5 and the following procedure: NOTE: For use with residential fan coils and the 40QA060 under ceiling unit only. Operate unit a minimum of 15 minutes before checking charge. Measure liquid line temperature near liquid line service valve, and measure the liquid pressure at the liquid line service valve. Use a digital thermometer for all tempera- ture measurements. DO NOT use mercury or dial-type thermometers. Refer to Table 5. Find the temperature point at which the required subcooling temperature intersects the measured liquid line pressure. If the measured liquid line temperature does not agree with the required liquid line temperature, ADD refriger- ant to lower the temperature, or REMOVE refrigerant to raise the temperature (allow a tolerance of ±3° F). 13 Table 5 - Subcooling Charging Table LIQUID PRESSURE AT SERVICE VALVE (psig) REQUIRED LIQUID LINE TEMPERATURE (F) Required Subcooling Temperature (F) 8 10 12 14 16 18 189 58 56 54 52 50 48 195 60 58 56 54 52 50 202 62 60 58 56 54 52 208 64 62 60 58 56 54 215 66 64 62 60 58 56 222 68 66 64 62 60 58 229 70 68 66 64 62 60 236 72 70 68 66 64 62 243 74 72 70 68 66 64 251 76 74 72 70 68 66 259 78 76 74 72 70 68 266 80 78 76 74 72 70 274 82 80 78 76 74 72 283 84 82 80 78 76 74 291 86 84 82 80 78 1 76 299 88 86 84 82 80 78 308 90 88 86 84 82 80 317 92 90 88 86 84 82 326 94 92 90 88 86 84 335 96 94 92 90 88 86 345 98 96 94 92 90 88 354 100 1 98 96 94 92 90 364 102 100 98 96 94 92 374 104 102 100 98 96 94 384 106 104 102 100 98 96 395 108 106 104 102 1 100 98 406 110 108 106 104 102 100 416 112 110 108 106 104 102 427 114 112 110 108 106 104 439 116 114 112 110 108 106 450 118 116 114 112 110 108 462 120 118 116 114 1 112 110 474 122 120 118 116 114 112 486 124 122 120 118 116 114 499 126 124 122 120 118 116 511 128 126T124 122 120 118 Compressor Lockout Switch - The 38HDR units are provided with a compressor lockout protective device. If the compressor shuts down due to any safety device, a current loop monitoring the compressor current senses no current flow. The unit will lock out until the control power is interrupted to reset the lockout. Determine the reason for the safety trip. To restart, turn the thermostat to the OFF position and then set the thermostat to an operating position. MAINTENANCE Before performing recommended maintenance, be sure unit main power switch is turned off. Failure to do so may result in electric shock or injury from rotating fan blade. Lubrication COMPRESSOR -Compressor contains factory oil charge; replace oil when lost. Use Mobile 3MA-POE oil. Cleaning Coils - Coil should be washed out with water or blown out with compressor air. Note that the blow-thru design causes dirt and debris to build up on the inside of the coils. Clean coil annually or as required by location and outdoor air conditions. Inspect coil monthly and clean as required. Fins are not continuous through coil sections. Dirt and debris may pass through first section, become trapped between the row of fins and restrict condenser airflow. Use a flashlight to deter- mine if dirt or debris has collected between coil sections. Clean coil as follows: I. Turn off unit power. 2. Using a garden hose or other suitable equipment, flush coil from the outside to remove dirt. Be sure to flush all dirt and debris from drain holes in base of unit. Fan motors are waterproof. TROUBLESHOOTING See Fig. 9 for troubleshooting information. 14 I N0000UNGOR INSUFFENT UNG I I I COMPRESSOR RUNS NUT I APIRESSOR I CYCLES ON INTERNAL I WILL NOT RUN I OVERLOAD I CONTACTOR -.D I- I I-t-1 LE LEAD AT I I CONTACTOR OPEN I PRESSURE I' OVERLOAD FANUOTOFI '± I FAULTY POWER COMPRESSOR POWER I SUPPLY OPEN ___________________ OLflR AIR I RESTRCT°ED OR REOPO.U.ATINO MOTOR DEFECTIVE ___________________ i SUPPLY ITLTEIRI WOVE LEADS I RESTRICTED ORCHARDS I IYRRECTOUTR DEFECTIVE LOW. I AT WESSOR j UNE FAIl MOTOR I, COL I VOLTAGE I FTED I TRANSFORMER I I FAULTY START GEAR I OVE4APGE OR NONOOPIDENSABI.ES ___________________ I OPEN CONTROL I ERNGLE PHASE) IN SYSTEM I SUGATLY LOW I DECEIT ON REFIRDERASIT I GECIJNDED COMPRESSOF4 LOW REFROERANT I DEFECTIVE I UOTORWAIDNGS LIOUIDLJIAE I TIME RELAY I SUGHILY RESTRTSO I I I COMPRESSOR ElliOT I LiNE VOLTAGE SYPASS.TYPE I CONTACTOR OR I TCOIIRSHORLOW METERINODEVICE I COIL DEFECTIVE RESTTED I COMPRESSOR INTERNAL I DEFECTIVE RUN INCORRECT I LEELECTECAL PROTECITCN OPEN CAPACITOR BYPASS.TYPE I CONNECTION MEIEFSNG DEVICE DEFECTIVE RUN I CAPACITOR BEARINGS I _______________________ INDOOR BLOWER MOTOR I INTETMIAL OVERLOAD FAULTY I DEFECTIVE ORCYCLING I I ON OVERLOAD I OPEN LIQUID I RICH SUPERHEAT I LINE PRESSURE SWITCH Fig. 9 - Troubleshooting the Cooling Cycle COMPRESSOR RUNS SLIT INSUFFICIENT COOLING HIGH SUCTION. I I HIGH ELICITOR LOW HEAD PRESSURE I I tow SUPERHEAT DEFECTIVE I H UNIT OVERCHARGED COMPRESSOR VALVES INTERNAL PRESSURE I U INCORRECT RELIEF OPEN I I 15 Copyright 2006 Carrier Corporation Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without Incurring obligations. Bookl 1 14 Catalog No. 02-38HD0001-SI Printed in U.S.A. Form 38H0-4S1 Pg 16 2-06A 1-06 Replaces: 38H0C-3S1 Tab 13el2f b ( (TA L. Pic,ç L CDMA Indoor Metro Cell Digital Rack - Handling and Securing Installation Method —08-0253 January 16, 2004 Issue Number: 05 Pkgid: 0000003 PROPRIETARY INFORMATION: The information contained in this document is the property of Nortel Networks. Except as specifically authorized in writing, the holder of this document shall keep all information contained herein confidential and shall protect same in whole or in part from disclosure and dissemination to third parties. © Nortel Networks 2002, 2003, 2004 All Rights Reserved N1RTEL NETWORKS January 16, 2004 Method 08-0253 Table of Contents 1.0 General Information .......................................................4 1.1 Description .............................................................4 1.2 Sequence ............................................................... 4 1.3 Reason for Reissue ......................................................4 2.0 Material Requirements .....................................................5 2.1 Required Documents ......................................................5 2.2 Tools and Test Sets .......................................................5 2.3 Supplies ...............................................................5 2.4 Customer Supplied Equipment .............................................5 3.0 Precautions and Preparations ...............................................6 3.1 Precautions ............................................................6 3.2 Preparations............................................................6 4.0 Procedure ................................................................7 4.1 Overview ..............................................................7 4.2 Mechanical Specifications ..................................................8 4.2.1 Frame Weights .....................................................8 4.2.2 Weights of Digital Modules ............................................9 4.2.3 Dimensions........................................................9 4.2.4 Environmental......................................................9 4.2.5 Lift Points .........................................................9 4.3 Digital Rack Receipt and Storage ..........................................10 Procedure 1 - Digital Rack Receipt and Storage .........................10 4.4 Equipment Unpacking and Pallet Removal ...................................11 Procedure 2 - Equipment Unpacking and Pallet Removal ..................11 4.5 Ship in place SFRM/MFRM Module Removal .................................12 Procedure 3 - Ship in place SFRM/MFRM Module Removal ................12 4.6 Digital Rack Anchor Installation ............................................17 Procedure 4— Digital Rack Anchor Installation ...........................18 4.7 Digital Rack Placement and Securing .......................................21 Procedure 5— Digital Rack Placement and Securing ......................21 4.8 DR-RR Side-by-Side Ganging Kit Installation .................................22 Procedure 6 - DR-RR Side-by-Side Ganging Kit Installation ................22 4.9 SHIM KIT ..............................................................23 4.10 Final Checks .........................................................23 Procedure 7— Shim Kit Installation ....................................23 Procedure 8— Final Checks .........................................23 5.0 References ..............................................................24 6.0 Appendices .............................................................25 Appendix A - Abbreviations .................................................25 LastPage................................................................25 COMA Indoor Metro Cell Digital Rack - Handling and Securing /1 Method 08-0253 January 16, 2004 Illustrations Figure 1 - -48Vdc Digital Rack Layout ..........................................8 Figure 2 - Indoor Digital Rack Placement With Clearance Allocations ................17 Figure 3 - Rack Base and Hole Locations ......................................18 Figure 4 - M12 Anchor Configuration..........................................20 2 I CDMA Indoor Metro Cell Digital Rack - Handling and Securing January 16, 2004 Method 08-0253 Tables Table 1 - Tools and Test Sets .................................................5 CDMA Indoor Metro Cell Digital Rack - Handling and Securing / 3 Method 08-0253 January 16, 2004 1.0 General Information 1.1 Description Purpose: This method describes the procedures required for the Handling and Securing of the Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) Metro Cell Basestation Transceiver Subsystem (BTS) Digital Rack (DR) frame. The DR contains two digital equipment shelves, power bulkhead and up to three Flexible Radio Modules (FRM). Equipment: DR configured per the customers requirement. Application: This method is intended for initial installations. Service Impact: None Skill Level Requirements: Installer / Field Tech 1 - 2. 1.2 Sequence This method is to be performed after the Metro Cell Indoor Site Specifications have been met. 1.3 Reason for Reissue Replaces Method 08-0253 dated January 24, 2003. Removed Subsection 2.5 Emergency Contacts. Updated the contents of Table 1. Added Section 6 Appendices. Added Appendix A. 4, CDMA Indoor Metro Cell Digital Rack - Handling and Securing January 16, 2004 Method 08-0253 2.0 Material Requirements 2.1 Required Documents Regional Installation Safety Manuals (ISM) can be found at: http://navigate.us.norte[.com/imds?pg=/ops/quallinst For example: - Americas - Field Operations Safety Manual (SOP 030) EMEA Environmental Health & Safety Asia-Pacific Environmental Health & Safety Method 02-0802, "Extension Precautions, Contacts and SAFE Procedures" 2.2 Tools and Test Sets The equipment listed in Table 1 are required to perform this method. Table I - Tools and Test Sets Tool! Test Set # Qty. Description K001823 1 Wireless Installers Tool Kit K002077 I Wireless Switch Installers Toolkit T8744D2 1 18mm concrete Hammer Drill Bit T3257 1 Hard Hat 2.3 Supplies The required supplies for this method consist of the following: 1/2 inch x 36 inch sections of metal conduit Masking Tape - Electrical Tape shim kit NTFB40AA / CPC A0634172 (order as required) 2.4 Customer Supplied Equipment Contingent upon contract. No other materials are required to perform this method. CDMA Indoor Metro Cell Digital Rack - Handling and Securing I 5 Method 08-0253 January 16, 2004 3.0 Precautions and Preparations 3.1 Precautions Observe the general safety precautions against personal injury and equipment damage outlined in the ISM at all times. A minimum of two personnel are required for safety. Under no circumstances will the technician touch a circuit pack without proper electrostatic protection. Refer to Method 04-0028, "Circuit Pack Handling and ESD/EMT precautions." Hard hats must be worn at all times while on site. A first aid kit is required on site. is WARNING: When equipped with FRM's or MFRM's, the Digital Rack is not for use in a computer/data processing equipment room. CAUTION: The Digital Rack unit is approved for installation in an environ- ment with an expected temperature range of +50 to +40° Cel- sius. Relative humidity shall be 5-85% non-condensing. A WARNING: All OEM products installed in the Digital Rack product must comply with the requirements of UL 1950, edition 3, Construc- tion and Safety requirements. Unauthorized product modifica- tions will result in a violation of product Safety approval. 3.2 Preparations Prior to starting the operations presented in this method, arrange all materials, tools, and test equipment at the work location so as to minimize fatigue and inconvenience. It is strongly recommended that this method be read in its entirety before starting the operations presented herein. 6/ COMA Indoor Metro Cell Digital Rack - Handling and Securing January 16, 2004 Method 08-0253 4.0 Procedure 4.1 Overview The Indoor Metro Cell supports both the 800MHz (cellular) and 1900MHz (PCS) bands. The +24Vdc system is limited to a maximum of six MFRMs. Dual band operation is supported and it is possible to support different sectorizatiori configurations in the two bands (e.g., tn- sectored at 1900MHz, omni at 800MHz). The Indoor Metro Cell comes with three (3) flexible power options: AC Metro Cell In this option, the Indoor Metro Cell is powered by 208/220/240 V, 50- 60 Hz ac, as in the Outdoor Metro Cell product. Rectifiers in the Metro Cell provide -48Vdc to all modules in the BTS. The ac power system can also manage customer-provided -48V battery strings. 48Vdc Metro Cell With this option, the Indoor Metro Cell is powered by a -48Vdc power plant provided by the customer. The -48Vdc is distributed to the Metro Cell modules via a breaker panel mounted in the Metro Cell. No battery management is provided by the -48V Metro Cell. +24Vdc Metro Cell The Option for a Indoor Metro Cell powered by +24Vdc is powered by multiple +24V feeds provided by the customer. The +24Vdc is distributed to all the Metro Cell modules via the BIP at the top of the DR frame. No battery management is provided by the +24V Metro Cell. This Method covers the procedures required for the Handling and Securing of the Digital Rack. The topics covered include the following: Subsection 4.2, "Mechanical Specifications" Subsection 4.3, "Digital Rack Receipt and Storage" Subsection 4.4, "Equipment Unpacking and Pallet Removal" Subsection 4.5, "Ship in place SFRM/MFRM Module Removal" Subsection 4.6, "Digital Rack Anchor Installation" Subsection 4.7, "Digital Rack Placement and Securing" Subsection 4.8, "DR-RR Side-by-Side Ganging Kit Installation" Subsection 4.9, "SHIM KIT' Subsection 4. 10, "Final Checks" COMA Indoor Metro Cell Digital Rack - Handling and Securing I 7 Method 08-0253 January 16, 2004 I Figure 1 - .45Vdc Digital Kacic Layout ACIDC interface a Distribution Panel Rectifier Shelf (For AC version Digital Shelf Digital Shelf FRM/ MFRM 4.2 Mechanical Specifications 4.2.1 Frame Weights Digital rack (loaded with 3 FRMs): 1000lbs (454kg) Digital rack (loaded with 3 MFRMs): 10751bs. Radio rack (loaded with 9 FRMs): 12001bs (545kg) Radio rack (loaded with 6 MFRMs): 8601bs. Empty frame: approx. 2001bs (9 1kg) FRM: approx. 851bs (39kg) MFRM: approx. 961bs 8 I CDMA Indoor Metro Cell Digital Rack - Handling and Securing January 16, 2004 Method 08-0253 4.2.2 Weights of Digital Modules Channel Element Module (CEM): lOibs (5kg) 1XRTT Channel Element Module (XCEM): lOibs (5Kg) Global Positioning System Timing Module (GPSTM): 81bs (4kg) Control Module (CM): lOibs (5kg) Configuration Resource Module (CORE): l5lbs (7kg) 4.2.3 Dimensions Height 84 Inches (2 134mm) Depth (front to back) 28 Inches (711 mm) Width 29 Inches (737mm) 4.2.4 Environmental Temperature Non-Operating Range (Storage for 72 hours) -40 0 Cto+70 0 C(-40 0 Fto158 0 F) Humidity Non-Operating Range (Storage for 96 hours) 5to90% Not to exceed 0.024 kg water/kg air absolute humidity 4.2.5 Lift Points Lifting points are provided for sling attachment to hoist and off-load the rack at the installation site. Racks are normally shipped from the factory bolted onto pallets for handling with fork lifts and pallet jacks. WARNING: Observe that the Metro Cell racks are top heavy and unstable on uneven ground. Provide upper support when moving on uneven terrain or floors. COMA Indoor Metro Cell Digital Rack - Handling and Securing I 9 Method 08-0253 January 16, 2004 4.3 Digital Rack Receipt and Storage Standard resource management practices must be used as part of materials tracking. Supervisory personnel must be able to identify the location of each cabinet that is received. This includes both warehouse and deployment locations. Procedure I - Digital Rack Receipt and Storage Step Action Observation I Verify that the DR is packed in its initial crate. The crate is composed of a returnable wooden pallet with foam isolation with a lift-off cardboard cover. 2 Using a forklift or pallet jack, access the pallet lift points in order to remove the pallet and DR from the shippers vehicle. 3 Verify that the number of crates received corresponds to the shipping invoice. 4 Verify that the external appearance of the The crate is not rotted, saturated with water, shipping crate does not show any signs of faulty cracked, or discolored. storage or handling. 5 Verify that the "Shock Indicator" affixed to each Note: Should an indicator be red or missing, open crate is not red. the crate immediately to verify that the contents are not damaged prior to the shipper departing. An additional "Shock Indicator" is located inside the packaging and should it be red, this is proof that the crate has been mis- handled during shipping. 6 Confirm that the temperature in the area selected TECHNICIAN: The non-operating storage for storage of the DR is not below -40° Celsius or time should be kept at a minimum, 72-96 above +700 Celsius. hours. The relative humidity for storage should be 80- 85% at 40 degrees Celcius. 7 DO NOT stack the Digital Racks 8 End of Procedure. 10 I CDMA Indoor Metro Cell Digital Rack - Handling and Securing January 16, 2004 Method 08-0253 4.4 Equipment Unpacking and Pallet Removal Only step one of this procedure may be performed at a warehouse location. All other steps must be performed at the installation site (location the Digital Rack will be installed). Exception: A technician may remove the plastic cover to perform visual inspections/testing as long as the cover is retained and re-installed after inspections are complete. Refer to Figure 1 the DR physical layout. Procedure 2— Equipment Unpacking and Pallet Removal Step Action Observation I Detach the cardboard cover from the pallet and The cardboard cover is stapled to the wooden remove it. pallet and is easily detached by pulling. 2 Retain the plastic cover and pallet connection until the DR reaches its final installation location. DO NOT remove pallet bolts until at the installation site. 3 Once at the installation site, remove the plastic cover. 4 Using a 5/8" open end wrench or socket, remove the nuts securing the DR to the pallet. Note: Be advised that there are a total of four (4) bolt and nut assemblies securing the DR to the . pallet. . Note: Confirm with the local Installation Marshalling agent if pallets can be returned for reuse. If - recycling facilities do not exist, arrange for local disposal. Remove bolts Caution: Do not push or lean against the rack assembly as it may tip over causing bodily injury. 5 Physically push down on each bolt forcing it out The DR is now free but remains in-place on the of the bottom of the pallet. pallet. Refer to Figure 1 for the DR physical characteristics. 6 End of Procedure. CDMA Indoor Metro Cell Digital Rack - Handling and Securing / 11 Method 08-0253 January 16, 2004 4.5 Ship in place SFRM/MFRM Module Removal Ship in place frames may require some disassembly to permit moving the racks. To aid in moving the DR, the SFRM/MFRM's may be removed to reduce the overall weight of the Rack. Without SFRMJ MFRM's the weight will be reduced by about 240 LB. Part of the SFRM/MFRM bracket assembly consists of interlock points on the guides correspond to recessed areas on the modules. These may cause some resistance to removal and two persons may be required to release modules. Note: Only qualified personnel trained in ESD and Metro Cell procedures should perform disassembly of Metro Cell components. Note: Pictures may vary from actual product if using MFRM's. If further instructions are needed on the installation or disassembly I of the MFRlvI refer to Method 18-0788. Procedure 3— Ship in place SFRM/MFRM Module Removal (Page 1 of 5) Step Action Observation 1 Open the Fan unit front panel door and check Note: Factory finishing does not terminate the Fan that the TRMJMTRM alarm cable is coiled up shelf alarm cable and is coiled beneath the fan and tied beneath the fan unit. shelf. 2 Unlatch the Fan module, depress the housing latch into the fan retaining bracket catch on • each side. Latch Note: The fan/AIM housing main door must be open to properly secure the brackets with the latch assemblies. 1 12 / CDMA Indoor Metro Cell Digital Rack - Handling and Securing January 16, 2004 Method 08-0253 Procedure 3— Ship in place SFRM/MFRM Module Removal (Page 2 of 5) Step Action Observation 3 Pull out the fan shelf giving enough room to disconnect the Fan power/alarm :able from the TRM/MTRM. Once the cable is disconnected the Fan shelf may be removed from the mating holes located on the PAM and set aside. Note: The front cover must be fully open when M attempting to remove it. 4 If provided, disconnect the FRM/MFRM dc power cable to the Power connector on the PAM/MPAM. Skip this step if not installed. Note: If factory installed, this cable will be routed either on the cable runway or on the top of 5 the rack to the DR power distribution shelf * when co-located. Leave the cable on the . rack if installed. - Note: This power cable along with the others (one for each FRM/MFRM) must be properly cable managed in the indoor rack. 5 Disconnect the Mil PAMJMPAM to TRMJ MTRM dc and Signal cable connecting the PAM/MPAM power output connector to the TRM/MTRM power connector. 6 Cut the tie wraps securing any of the RFcables to the fan support brackets 16 - CDMA Indoor Metro Cell Digital Rack - Handling and Securing / 13 Method 08-0253 January 16, 2004 Procedure 3— Ship In place SFRMIMFRM Module Removal (Page 3 of 5) Step Action Observation 7 Disconnect the TRM/MTRM "RF Out" to PAM/MPAM RF In" cables and PAM/MPAM - "RF out" to DPM "TX IN" cables as shown. 8 Disconnect the Diversity from the DPM Div "RF Out" to the TRM/MTRM Div "RF In" connector. If two carriers per sector are cabled, disconnect the two diversity cables TRMJ MTRM RXO OUT to the DIV "R.x in" on the other. 9 Disconnect the TRM/MTRM "TX out to the PAM/MPAM "RF In" cable. - I.• ' 10 Disconnect the TRM/MTRM-DPM Mu-spec quick disconnect power and data cable (NTGS8087), between TRMIMTRM LNA power connector and DPM power connector. 4I 14/ CDMA Indoor Metro Cell Digital Rack - Handling and Securing January 16, 2004 Method 08-0253 Procedure 3— Ship in place SFRM/MFRM Module Removal (Page 4 of 5) Step Action Observation 11 Remove hex head cap screws securing the PAMIMPAM, TRIvE/MTRM, and DPM to the FRM bracket using a 7/16" socket, ratchet and 6" extension. 12 Remove the two (2) self-tapping screws, connecting the PAM/MPAM ground to the frame on the rack upright. 13 Slide out the Duplexer/Preselector Module (DPM) from the upper FRMJMFRM brackets. 14 If the EOM/FOI is installed with fiber installed on the take-up reel, remove screw on the bottom of the reel and unlatch the reel from the bracket. Support the reel and fiber while removing the TRM/MTRM. & Note: The optical cable may be attached to the RE or KR via tie-wraps. Cut any tie wraps to free the fiber and reel. COMA Indoor Metro Cell Digital Rack - Handling and Securing /15 Method 08-0253 January 16, 2004 Procedure 3— Ship In place SFRMIMFRM Module Removal (Page 5 of 5) Step Action Observation 15 While supporting the fiber and take-up reel (if installed) slide the TRM/MTRM out of the center guides until secure. . I Note: The TRM/MTRM has no ground strap. • If no fiber is installed simply remove the TRM/MTRM from the center guide assembly in the FRM/MFRM brackets. 16 Remove the Power Amplifier Module (PAM) or Mucarner PAM (MPAM) from the bottom guide assembly in the FRM/MFRM 17 End of Procedure. Refer to Method 18-0257 for reassembly. 16 / CDMA Indoor Metro Cell Digital Rack - Handling and Securing January 16, 2004 Method 08-0253 ire z - unaoor uugitai ICaCK viacernent witn i.iearance AIIOCatuOflS CD Minimum rear clearance for air flow J L Zero 0 _________________ ________________ Zero clearance ç9 clearance on sides on sides DR RR I Minimum recommended front clearance. c'J Left or right hand build out permitted, right hand build out shown. The following are the minimum wall clearances: Front: 2.0 feet Rear: 6 inches Sides: 0.0 feet 4.6 Digital Rack Anchor Installation The type of DR anchor used is determined by the type of installation. For installations on concrete pads or floors, use the NTFB96 19 Earthquake Mounting Kit. The kit consists of eight M12 anchor assemblies. For ZONE I to 4 earthquake compliance, all four anchor bolts are required. The earthquake kit anchors are required to ensure the cabinet can meet Bell Core Zone 1 to 4 seismic requirements. Consult the system or site engineer to determine the earth quake rating required for your particular site. Note: The isolation pad is mounted in the factory. Ensure the DR isolation pad (attached to the bottom of the DR) is in place when placing the frame. Note: For the +24Vdc Metro Cell, the DR and RR need to be a minimum of 4" away from the back wall to allow for the MFRM to be seated correctly. CDMA Indoor Metro Cell Digital Rack - Handling and Securing /17 Method 08-0253 January 16, 2004 Fiqure 3 - Rack Base and Hole Locations (20.111 24. 023 c)0000 + CM a a 0 0 E OETML 0 0 a a IAJ 0 '~3 DETAIL H \—*tia,iszgr PIN HOLES 2 PLACES - (Al 1.0011) H Procedure 4— Digital Rack Anchor Installation (Page 1 of 3) Step Action Observation Move the DR and position it exactly where it is Note: Take into account the location of the Radio to be installed. Using the holes in the DR base as Rack (if applicable), the feeder lines, frame templates, mark the locations where the anchors ground, and future equipment, or other are to be installed with a permanent marker. CDMA Metro Cell installations. Also ensure that the installation allows for Note: For the +24Vdc Metro Cell, the DR and R.R adequate air flow and technician access. need to be a minimum of 4" away from the back wall to allow for the MFRM to be seated correctly. Normally, the preferred rack arrangement is for the DR to be to the right of the KR. Note: If the DR and KR are being installed side-by- side the ganging kit is required, refer to Procedure 6. 2 Move the DR out of the way. 1 18/ CDMA Indoor Metro Cell Digital Rack - Handling and Securing January 16, 2004 Method 08-0253 Procedure 4— Digital Rack Anchor Installation (Page 2 of 3) Step Action Observation 3 Use a concrete hammer drill with a depth gage • TECHNICIAN: The drill will not hammer if set to 4.5 inches and a 18 mm concrete bit the motor is started before making contact with installed. Set the tip of the drill bit on the drilling the drilling surface. surface (concrete) inside the template drill Note: Safety goggles will be worn during this markings. Apply slight pressure before activating the drill motor. Note: The DR uses four holes for anchoring. Be aware of the current site configuration, as well as any further installations (i.e., Radio Rack and other equipment). 4 Note. Use only moderate pressure while drilling. Drill to a depth of exactly 4.5 inches. Additionally, keep the drill bit perpendicular to the drilling surface while drilling. 5 Vacuum the dust and concrete particles from Note: If the anchors are to be installed at a later within the drilled holes. date, cover the holes with electrical tape. 6 Counter lock two hex nuts on the top of the The M12 anchor. threaded rod and insert the Ml 2 anchor into one of the drilled holes. Note: For ZONE I to 4 earthquake compliance, all four anchor bolts are required. The earthquake kit anchors are required to ensure the cabinet can meet Bell Core Zone 4 seismic requirements. Consult the system or site engineer to determine the earthquake rating required for the particular site. The threaded rod must be flush with the bottom of the expansion cone prior to inserting the anchor into the hole. Additionally, ensure that the sleeve and expansion shield are placed over the threaded rod. 7 Using a hammer, force the M12 anchor to its minimum embedment depth of 4.5 inches ensuring that the load washer is flush with the ground. CDMA Indoor Metro Cell Digital Rack - Handling and Securing /19 Method 08-0253 January 16, 2004 Procedure 4— Digital Rack Anchor Installation (Page 3 of 3) Step Action Observation 8 Remove the two hex nuts and repeat steps 6 and 7 for the remaining M12 anchors. 9 On one of the inserted anchors, place three load Use the load washers from the other Ml 2 washers and one nut onto the threaded rod. anchors. Note: The purpose of using the additional load washers is so that the technician can use a standard socket. 10 Using a torque wrench and socket, torque the Ml 2 anchor to 60 foot pounds. 11 Remove the nut and load washers and repeat steps 10 and 11 for the remaining inserted anchors. 12 1 End of Procedure. Figure 4 - M12 Anchor Configuration. THM099 Rail 00 460 HU NOT NSA HIS 13311 ? FLAT WASHER IFflAE NAUE)—'. .—P055 lilt IilHED PRIN flSillATION PAD) WASHER Ruts's PLATE SASHES I. -r VCQ?CRETE - 0551141 SLEEVE COU.APSIRLE SLEEVE lisa EXPANDING SLEEVE 051153 AIICROD cIt ElSHlC INSTALLATION 012 RUNAK 1 20 / COMA Indoor Metro Cell Digital Rack - Handling and Securing January 16, 2004 Method 08-0253 47 Digital Rack Placement and Securing During this procedure all personnel will were their hard hats without exception. The total weight of a fully configured DR is 1000 lbs. Procedure 5— Digital Rack Placement and Securing Step Action Observation 1 Employing four (4) technicians, carefully tilt the WARNING: Great care must be exercised rack enough to slide it off of the pallet and onto when removing the DR from its pallet. the "universal mover". The Universal Mover or Personnel safety is paramount in any equivalent which is employed by most moving installation process. Indoor equipment pallet companies must be rated for the weight of the removal is by far more difficult than outdoor Metro Cell Racks. equipment. This is because hoisting equipment is not readily available inside a structure. 2 Using double-stick tape, place several sections on the bottom side of the DR isolation pad. 3 Place the pad on the slab/floor so that the holes on the isolation pad align with the anchors previously installed. 4 Roll the DR towards its installation location by recycling the metal conduit sections as they become exposed out of from under the back of the DR base. The exposed metal conduit sections are placed in front of the cabinets moving direction so that the DR can continue its movement towards its installation location. 5 Once the DR is positioned over the insulation TECHNICIAN: Make every effort to ensure pad, gently remove any remaining metal conduit that the mounting holes on the rack align with out from under the rack. the anchor positions. 6 Using a torque wrench and crows foot or socket, The required torque is 80 foot pounds; torque each DR mounting bolt/nut to 80 foot however, if using a torque wrench that is not pounds. designed to use crows feet, you must compensate for the change in torque wrench axis. 7 End of Procedure. COMA Indoor Metro Cell Digital Rack - Handling and Securing / 21 Method 08-0253 January 16, 2004 4.8 DR-RR Side-by-Side Ganging Kit Installation When the DR and RR are adjacent, the two cabinets can be connected together using the DR-RR ganging kit NTGS49AA. Be advised that each rack can "stand-alone". The ganging kit is optional and not a requirement. Procedure 6— DR-RR Side-by-Side Ganging Kit Installation Step Action Observation I 2 3 Secure the top of the racks with two bolts in the threaded holes on the top side of the rack. Secure the bottom of the racks with two bolts in the threaded holes on the top side of the End of Procedure. Joining holes Rack Joininq holes January 16, 2004 Method 08-0253 4.9 SHIM KIT Some floor surfaces may be out of level to accommodate an uneven floor use the shim kit to even the rack to true vertical. The shim kit NTFB40AA / CPC A0634172 may be ordered through the system engineer as required. Procedure 7 — Shim Kit Installation Step Action Observation 1 Verify that the DR has been installed and torqued to specifications. Verify the vertical plumb of the rack with a 24" carpenters level. 2 Loosen the anchor bolts on the Rack to be shimmed. 3 Two or three persons may be required to force the rack over to place shims under the low side of the rack base. 4 Torque the anchor bolts and use a spirit level to check for vertical alignment. Repeat steps 2 and 3 until the frame is plumb. 5 End of Procedure. 4.10 Final Checks Final checks should be complete prior to leaving the site. Good business practices dictate that some form of equipment and site checks should be conducted prior to leaving the site. Procedure 8 — Final Checks Step Action Observation I Verify that the DR has been installed and torqued to specifications. 2 Ensure that no tools, test equipment or trash is left at the site. 3 Report any installation problems or deficiencies to supervisory personnel. 4 End of Procedure. I CDMA Indoor Metro Cell Digital Rack - Handling and Securing I 23 Method 08-0253 January 16, 2004 5.0 References Document Number ritle EG 2001 CDMA Metro Cell Engineering Guide 24/ COMA Indoor Metro Cell Digital Rack - Handling and Securing January 16, 2004 Method 08-0253 6.0 Appendices Appendix A - Abbreviations ac Alternating Current AIM Alarm Interface Module BTS Base Station Transceiver Subsystem CDMA Code Division Multiple Access CEM Channel Element Module CM Control Module CORE COnsolidation REsource module CPC Consumer Product Code dc Direct Current DIV Diversity DPM Duplexer/Preselector Module DR Digital Rack EG Engineering Guide EMEA Europe Middle East Africa EMI Electro Magnetic Interference EOM Electro-Optical Module ESD Electrostatic Sensitive Device FOI Fiber Optic Interface FRM Flexible Radio Module FSR Field Service Representative GFI Ground Fault Interrupt GPSTM Global Positioning System Timing Module ISM Installation Safety Manual LNA Low Noise Amplifier MCBTS Metro Cell BTS MFRM Multi-carrier FRM MPAM Multi-carrier PAM MTRM Multi-carrier TRM OEM Other Equipment Manufacture PAM Power Amplifier Module PEC Product Engineering Code RE Radio Enclosure RF Radio Frequency RR Radio Rack RX Receive SFRM Single-carrier FRM TRM Transmit/Receive Module TX Transmit UL Underwriters Laboratories Vac Volts AC Vdc Volts dc XCEM eXtended GEM Last Page COMA Indoor Metro Cell Digital Rack - Handling and Securing / 25 -- :_• BOARD OF BUILDING AND SAFETY COMMISSIONERS MARSHA L. BROWN PRESIDENT VAN AMBATIELOS VICE-PRESIDENT VICTOR H. CUEVAS HELENA JUBANY ELENORE A. WILLIAMS CITY OF Los ANGELES CALIFORNIA O E 0 ANTONIO R. VILLARAIGOSA MAYOR DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING AND SAFETY 201 NORTH FIGUEROA STREET LOS ANGELES, CA 90012 ANDREW A. ADELMAN, P.E. GENERAL MANAGER RAYMOND CHAN EXECUTIVE OFFICER Hi Tech Composite Structures, Inc. P.O. Box 609 Redmond, OR 97756 Attn: David Ulirich (541) 548-0812 RESEARCH REPORT: RR 25520 Expires: July 1, 2011 Issued Date: May 1, 2009 Code: 2008 LABC GENERAL APPROVAL - Cell Solutions Panel System, which includes Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) assemblies manufactured by Hi Tech Composite Structures, Inc. for rooftop communication equipment screening. DETAILS The rooftop equipment enclosure system consists of FRP assemblies, which may include either Cell solutions prefabricated panels, or FRP structural shapes assembled with bolts or adhesives as indicated below. The general construction of the enclosures will include an FRP panel fastened to an FRP supporting structural FRP frame. The Cell Solution panels, shall be assembled between 4" x 4" x 1/4" thick pultruded fiberglass reinforced structural square tubes and Cell Solutions Composite Panels which span between the square tubes. Cell Solutions composite panels consist of a 3/16" thick single skin panel with 4" deep 90-degree perimeter return flanges and panel stiffeners manufactured with a proprietary blend of glass fiber reinforcement and fire resistant resin, which is the structural adhesive. The panel stiffeners may be FRP channels, angles, or tubes. Connections between Cell solutions Panel and the 4" structural pultruded fiberglass are made with '/2"diameter fiberglass bolts and nuts or a proprietary structural adhesive. The Cell Solutions panel may be manufactured as an inset panel, or as a panel skin applied to the outside face of an FRP structure with a proprietary structural adhesive. Additional testing has been completed to verify the original test data, which allows the Cell Solutions technology to be used for multiple configurations within the limits of the adhesive and supporting structure. Material specifications are as follows: RR 25520 Pagel of3 LADBS G-5(Rev.6/08) AN EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY - AFFIRMATIVE ACTION EMPLOYER Hi Tech Composite Structures, Inc. RE: Cell Solution Panel Enclosure System Cell Solutions Composite Panels, consisting of a 3/16" thick single skin panel, are attached to the 4" deep 90-degree perimeter return flanges and panel stiffeners with a proprietary structural adhesive, and are manufactured with a proprietary blend of glass fiber reinforcement and fire resistant resin. Cell solutions composite panels will be identified with the Cell solutions name and logo and assigned LARR number affixed to the back side of the composite panel. Cell Solution panels applied to the outside face of an FRP structure shall be constructed with a minimum 3/16" FRP flat sheet adhered to an FRP structural frame with a proprietary structural adhesive. The FRP frame shall be assembled using FRP structural tubes, angles, or channels. The Cell Solutions panels shall be identified with the Cell Solutions logo and assigned LARR number affixed to the back side of each panel section. All FRP panel skins and FRP structural tubes, channels, and angles shall be designed using the allowable design values indicated in the attached Design Values Load Chart. 4" x 4" x 1/4" thick pultruded fiberglass structural square tubes. Y2" FRP threaded rod and nut: Threaded rod is 0.492" overall diameter and net 0.416" diameter. The nut is 1.055: square and 0.692" thick. The glass fiber plastic skin, reinforcement plastic skin and FR plastic shapes are approved plastics with CC1 classification and Flame Spread Index of 25. The above products are approved for use with the following conditions: Cell Solutions panels are installed between the FRP 4" x 4" x ¼ " thick pultruded fiberglass reinforced structural square tubes. Three " diameter holes are drilled through the tube and the panel. A ¼" diameter fiberglass bolts and nuts was cut to length and inserted through the drilled hole. FRP nut was placed on each end of the threaded rod and tightened one-quarter turn from snug. The safety factor for the structural FRP shapes has been increase to 5 as noted in the attached design value chart. Complete plans and structural calculations prepared by a California licensed architect or permit issuance civil or structural engineer shall be submitted to the department for approval prior to permit issuance. The calculations shall be prepared using the allowable design indicated in the attached Design Values Load Chart. The Fire Department shall approval all plans for plastic screening on Title 19 buildings. 4. Antennas and screening must not obstruct access to the roof by the Fire Department as required by Sec 57.12.04 of the Los Angeles Municipal Code which states: No person shall obstruct required access passageways on the roof surface. An unobstructed passageway for use by the Fire Department shall be provided through or around any approved structures or equipment installations on the roof surface. One access passageway shall be provided for every 50-feet length or fraction thereof of roof surface. RR 25520 Page 2 of 3 Hi Tech Composite Structures, Inc. RE: Cell Solution Panel Enclosure System Passageways shall be at least three feet wide and have at least seven feet of overhead clearance. Screening shall not be illuminated or electrified. Each panel shall be identified with LARR #25520 and Cell Solutions, LLC. The fabrication will be in accordance with manufacturer's quality control manual. A copy of the quality control manual is on file with Engineering Research Section. DISCUSSION The report is in compliance with 2008 Los Angeles Building Code. The approval is based on tests and requirements listed in the Information Bulletin P/BC 2002- 82. Addressee to whom this Research Report is issued is responsible for providing copies of it, complete with any attachments indicated, to architects, engineers and builders using items approved herein in design or construction which must be approved by Department of Building and Safety Engineers and Inspectors. This general approval of an equivalent alternate to the Code is only valid where an engineer and/or inspector of this Department has determined that all conditions of this Approval have been met in the project in which it is to be used. YEUAN CHOU, Chief Engineering Research Section 201 N. Figueroa St., Room 880 Los Angeles, CA 90012 Phone - 213-202-9812 Fax - 213-202-9942 TV:elcm RR25520/MSWord2003 R05/01/09 6C/1509 Attachment: Detail Sheet, Design Values Load Chart (2 Pages) RR 25520 Page 3 of 3 0; (jñr/k 11 V0 -3-1G 3_t SAN DIEGO REGIONAL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS QUESTIONNAIRE 3II I I OFFICE USE ONLY 2112 ~3 UPFP#:_________ HV: 2° BP DATE I / Business Name Verizon Wireless (Yarrow) Business Contact Melinda Salem Telephone # (949) 286-8713 x Project Address 2192 Palomar Airport Road City State Carlsbad IA Zip Code 92008- APN# 213-020-18 Mailing Address 15505 Sand Canyon Avenue, D-104 City State Irvine rA Zip Code 92618- P t.P.'fOd /& Project Contact Melinda Salem Telephone # (949) 286-8713 x le toliowiny questions represent the facility's activities, NOT the specific project description. PART I: FIRE DEPARTMENT — HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DIVISION: OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: Indicate by circling the item, whether your business will use, process, or store any of the following hazardous materials. If any of the items are circled, applicant must contact the Fire Protection Agency with jurisdiction prior to plan submittal. Explosive or Blasting Agents 5. Organic Peroxides 9. Water Reactives sive Compressed Gases 6. Oxidizers 10. Cryogenics 14. Other Health Hazards Flammable/Combustible Liquids 7. Pyrophorics 11. Highly Toxic or Toxic Materials 15. None of These. Flammable Solids 8. Unstable Reactives 12. Radioactives (HMD): If the .answer to any of the ,San Diego, CA 92101. u ut oari uieyu nzaraous aieriais uivlsion, Imperial Avenue, Call (619) 338-2222 prior to the issuance of a building permit. FEES ARE REQUIRED. Expected Date of Occupancy: YES Z NO 0 , Is your business listed on the reverse side of this form? (check all that apply). ,.J fi7(.r4"\ 0 ED Will your business dispose of Hazardous Substances or Medical Waste in any amount? 0 Will your business store or handle Hazardous Substances in quantities equal to or greater than 55 gallons, 500 pounds. 200 cubic feet, or carcinogens/reproductive toxins in any quantity? 0 S Will your business use an existing or install an underground storage tank? 55 9c*I 0 9 Will your business store or handle Regulated Substances (CalARP)? .e 0 Will your business use or install a Hazardous Waste Tank System (Title 22, Article 10)? o CalARP Exempt Date Initials El CalARP Required Date Initials El CalARP Complete Date Initials PART III: SAN DIEGO COUNTY AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT: If the answer o any of the el w is yes, ap licant must contact the Air Pollution Control District (APCD), 10124 Old Grove Road, San Diego, CA 92131-1649, tele one (858) 5 - o the issuan of a building or demolition permit. Note: if the answer to questions 3 or 54 is yes, applicant must also submit an asb stos notification form to the APCD at le t 10 working days prior to commencing demolition or renovation, except demolition or renovation of residential structure of four units or less. the APCD r more information. YES NO DEC LUW 0 Will the subject facility or construction activities include operations or equip ent that emit or are capable in air contaminant? (See the APCD factsheet at http:llwww.sdapcd.orp/info/facts/perrnits.odf, and the us of typ rCI4S4gat ermit on the reverse side of this from. Contact APCD if you have any questions). 0 0 (ANSWER ONLY IF QUESTION 1 IS YES) Will the subject facility be locate 1,000 f a school (K through 12)? (Public and private schools may be found after search of the Californi a p:/ .cde.ca.qov/re/sd/; or contact the appropriate school district). 0 Will there be renovation that Involves handling of any friable asbestos materials, or disturbing any material that contains non-friable asbestos? 0 Will there be demolition involving the removal of a load supporting structural member? Briefly describe business activities: Briefly describe proposed project: Wireless telecommunications Wireless telecommunications cell site I declare under penalty of perjury that to the best of my knowledge and be prtrue and correct. -- / / /7 / Name of owner or Authorized Agent Signature of Owner or Authorized Agent Date FOR OFFICAL USE ONLY: FIRE DEPARTMENT OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: BY: DATE: EXEMPT OR NO FURTHER INFORMATION REQUIRED RELEASED FOR BUILDING PERMIT BUT NOT FOR OCCUPANCY RELEASED FOR OCCUPANCY COUNTY-HMD APCD ' APCD APCD f ç REVI EWED t oôorJjflQf1Q,,1 I' / ri . ' V~ HM-9171 (08/06) County of San Diego - DEH - Hazardous Materials Div. CB102 169 2192 PALOMAR AIRPORT RD 100 usw To Pk / p 4 6iL Ij/ C41t,"i -V~ -54ntc4 i11) //)W4 /2/O 7'7 J/(Cis) 47 ç1) e o4pro -r PC iz1r7jtD 0t2I Approved Date By BUILDING /2 //7//o PLANNING lZ/,7/ifO ENGINEERING -/SW FIRE Expedite? () I I I at I 10 ________________ HazMat APCD Health Forms/Fees Sent Recd Due? By Encina f/.f(,./l /(./.(b Y N Fire Y. N HazHeaIthAPCD /f. /&'16 I V N PE&M _____ V N School V N Sewer — V N / Stormwater Special Inspection V N CFD: V LandUse: Density: ImpArea: FY: Factor: PFF: V IN) Comments Date Date Date Date Building Planning Engineering Fire Need? Done Done 'jp4 FLIM Er - QJ ,Done Done 0 Done ApplIcatIon Complete? V N By Fees Complete? V N By /